Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,681 missions · 909 completed

Missions

Open772Completed909All1681
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Semidefinite-Quadratic-Linear Programs Using SDPT3: The HKM and NT Search Directions of Second-Order Cone Programming Are Invariant Under Automorphic ScalingResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order cone programming (SOCP) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of Lorentz cones. It contains convex quadratically constrained programs, robust linear programs with ellipsoidal uncertainty, and many norm-minimization problems, and it is solved in practice by primal–dual interior-point methods. At each iteration such a method computes a search direction from a linearized, symmetrized form of the complementarity conditions; the symmetrization depends on a scaling matrix GGG, and different choices of GGG give different directions. The two directions used in practice are the HKM direction (Helmberg–Rendl–Vanderbei–Wolkowicz, Kojima–Shindoh–Hara, Monteiro) and the NT direction (Nesterov–Todd).

A desirable property of a search direction is scale invariance: if the problem is transformed by an automorphism of the cone, the direction computed for the transformed problem is the image of the original direction. A scale-invariant method behaves identically on all problems related by such a change of coordinates, so its behaviour does not depend on an arbitrary choice of coordinates within each cone.

Timeline. Tsuchiya (1999, Optim. Methods Softw. 11 & 12, pp. 141–182; reference [27] of the paper) proved that the HKM and NT directions for SOCP are scale invariant, with a two-page argument for each. Tütüncü, Toh and Todd (2003), in the paper that describes the solver SDPT3 version 3.0, derived closed forms for the blocks (Ei)−1Fi(\mathcal E_i)^{-1}\mathcal F_i(Ei​)−1Fi​ of the Schur complement matrix ((23) for HKM, (29) for NT) and used them to give a short proof of Tsuchiya's result (their Proposition 1).

Setting

There are nqn_qnq​ second-order cone blocks. Block iii has dimension qi≥1q_i \ge 1qi​≥1, and a vector xi∈Rqix_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}xi​∈Rqi​ is split into its first coordinate xi0x_i^0xi0​ and the rest xi1x_i^1xi1​. The cone is Kqqi={x:x0≥∥x1∥2}K_q^{q_i} = \{x : x^0 \ge \|x^1\|_2\}Kqqi​​={x:x0≥∥x1∥2​}, and with Jˉ=diag⁡(1,−I)\bar J = \operatorname{diag}(1, -I)Jˉ=diag(1,−I) and J=−JˉJ = -\bar JJ=−Jˉ, the function γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩=x⊤Jˉx\gamma(x) = \sqrt{(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle} = \sqrt{x^\top \bar J x}γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩​=x⊤Jˉx​ is defined on the cone.

The data are matrices Ai∈Rqi×mA_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i \times m}Ai​∈Rqi​×m, a vector b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and vectors ci∈Rqic_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}ci​∈Rqi​. The primal problem minimizes ∑i⟨ci,xi⟩\sum_i \langle c_i, x_i \rangle∑i​⟨ci​,xi​⟩ subject to ∑iAi⊤xi=b\sum_i A_i^\top x_i = b∑i​Ai⊤​xi​=b and xi∈Kqqix_i \in K_q^{q_i}xi​∈Kqqi​​; the dual maximizes b⊤yb^\top yb⊤y subject to Aiy+zi=ciA_i y + z_i = c_iAi​y+zi​=ci​ and zi∈Kqqiz_i \in K_q^{q_i}zi​∈Kqqi​​.

The arrow matrix of vvv is Arw⁡(v)=(v0(v1)⊤v1v0I)\operatorname{Arw}(v) = \begin{pmatrix} v^0 & (v^1)^\top \\ v^1 & v^0 I \end{pmatrix}Arw(v)=(v0v1​(v1)⊤v0I​). Given an interior iterate (x,y,z)(x, y, z)(x,y,z) and a scaling block GiG_iGi​, set

Ei=Arw⁡(Gi−1zi) Gi,Fi=Arw⁡(Gixi) Gi−1,TGi(xi,zi)=Arw⁡(Gixi)(Gi−1zi).\mathcal E_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i)\, G_i, \qquad \mathcal F_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)\, G_i^{-1}, \qquad T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i) = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)(G_i^{-1} z_i).Ei​=Arw(Gi−1​zi​)Gi​,Fi​=Arw(Gi​xi​)Gi−1​,TGi​​(xi​,zi​)=Arw(Gi​xi​)(Gi−1​zi​).

With μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​ and a centering parameter σ\sigmaσ, a search direction (Δx,Δy,Δz)(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z)(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system

AiΔy+Δzi=ci−zi−Aiy,∑iAi⊤Δxi=b−∑iAi⊤xi,EiΔxi+FiΔzi=σμ e1−TGi(xi,zi).A_i \Delta y + \Delta z_i = c_i - z_i - A_i y, \qquad \sum_i A_i^\top \Delta x_i = b - \sum_i A_i^\top x_i, \qquad \mathcal E_i \Delta x_i + \mathcal F_i \Delta z_i = \sigma\mu\, e_1 - T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i).Ai​Δy+Δzi​=ci​−zi​−Ai​y,i∑​Ai⊤​Δxi​=b−i∑​Ai⊤​xi​,Ei​Δxi​+Fi​Δzi​=σμe1​−TGi​​(xi​,zi​).

The HKM direction takes GiG_iGi​ from the explicit formula (19) in ziz_izi​; the NT direction takes GiG_iGi​ from (20)–(21) in xix_ixi​ and ziz_izi​.

The automorphism group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ of KqqiK_q^{q_i}Kqqi​​ consists of the invertible linear maps FFF with FKqqi=KqqiF K_q^{q_i} = K_q^{q_i}FKqqi​​=Kqqi​​; these are exactly the matrices with F⊤JˉF=λ2JˉF^\top \bar J F = \lambda^2 \bar JF⊤JˉF=λ2Jˉ for some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and F00>0F_{00} > 0F00​>0. Scaling by F=diag⁡(F1,…,Fnq)F = \operatorname{diag}(F_1, \dots, F_{n_q})F=diag(F1​,…,Fnq​​) sends the data and iterate to A^i=Fi−1Ai\hat A_i = F_i^{-1} A_iA^i​=Fi−1​Ai​, b^=b\hat b = bb^=b, c^i=Fi−1ci\hat c_i = F_i^{-1} c_ic^i​=Fi−1​ci​, x^i=Fi⊤xi\hat x_i = F_i^\top x_ix^i​=Fi⊤​xi​, y^=y\hat y = yy^​=y, z^i=Fi−1zi\hat z_i = F_i^{-1} z_iz^i​=Fi−1​zi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 11)

For either direction (HKM or NT), every interior iterate, every σ\sigmaσ, and every choice of Fi∈GiF_i \in \mathcal G_iFi​∈Gi​,

(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)  ⟺  (F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^,z^).(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z) \text{ solves the Newton system for } (A, b, c; x, y, z) \iff (F^\top \Delta x,\ \Delta y,\ F^{-1} \Delta z) \text{ solves it for } (\hat A, \hat b, \hat c; \hat x, \hat y, \hat z).(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)⟺(F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^​,z^).

Milestones

In attack order: the identities (31) for FFF with F⊤JˉF=JˉF^\top \bar J F = \bar JF⊤JˉF=Jˉ; the Schur complement reduction (10)–(15); Arw⁡(Gi−1zi)=I\operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i) = IArw(Gi−1​zi​)=I for HKM; the HKM closed forms (23) and (24)–(25); the right-hand-side formula (28) for both directions; the HKM invariance step of the proof; the NT identities Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ and (29); the NT block formula (30); and the NT invariance step of the proof.

Significance

The proposition shows that SDPT3's two second-order-cone directions do not depend on how each cone is coordinatized. The closed forms (23), (24), (29) and (30) are what SDPT3 uses to assemble the Schur complement matrix: they show that each block is a diagonal matrix plus a low-rank term, which is the basis for its sparse and Sherman–Morrison–Woodbury handling of large cones.

The result is proved twice in the literature (Tsuchiya 1999 and this paper). As far as is known, neither proof has been machine-checked, and no formal library contains the HKM or NT scalings, the arrow matrix of the Jordan algebra of the Lorentz cone, or its automorphism group. This mission produces those definitions and a checked proof. The printed proof assumes Fi⊤JˉFi=JˉF_i^\top \bar J F_i = \bar JFi⊤​JˉFi​=Jˉ, that is λ=1\lambda = 1λ=1; the goal covers the whole group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​, so a complete formalization also closes the case λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, where (31) and the remark that ωi\omega_iωi​ is unchanged no longer hold as printed.

Difficulty

Every step is linear algebra, but none is a one-line rewrite. The inverse of Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ appears everywhere, so one first needs invertibility of GiG_iGi​ and Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ for interior iterates, and the HKM and NT scalings must be shown to satisfy Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ and Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ respectively, which are identities involving γ\gammaγ, square roots and the denominators γ(z)+z0\gamma(z) + z^0γ(z)+z0 and 1+t01 + t^01+t0. Transporting the Newton system directly through FFF fails: Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ and Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ are built from GiG_iGi​, which is not equivariant in an obvious way, and the HKM scaling at z^i\hat z_iz^i​ is not Fi−1GiF_i^{-1} G_iFi−1​Gi​. For λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, the quantities γ\gammaγ, ω\omegaω and ttt scale by powers of λ\lambdaλ, and these factors must be tracked until they cancel.

Formalization scope

A block of dimension qiq_iqi​ is Fin (d i + 1) → ℝ, so qi=di+1≥1q_i = d_i + 1 \ge 1qi​=di​+1≥1; xi0x_i^0xi0​ is index 0 and xi1x_i^1xi1​ the indices Fin.succ j. Mathlib's norm on this type is the sup norm, so every Euclidean quantity is written through Jˉ\bar JJˉ. Interior points are encoded by x0>0x^0 > 0x0>0 and (x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle > 0(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0. Matrix inverses are Matrix.inv, which is 000 on singular input; the milestones that invert a matrix state its invertibility.

Standing assumptions: the problem is a pure SOCP (ns=nl=0n_s = n_l = 0ns​=nl​=0); the iterate is interior; μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​. The paper's assumption that AAA has full row rank is dropped, because the goal is stated for solution sets of the Newton system and needs no uniqueness. Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ is encoded algebraically (positive multiples of orthochronous Lorentz transformations) rather than as {F:FK=K}\{F : F K = K\}{F:FK=K}, so that the goal does not require the classification of cone automorphisms. The goal assumes nothing about the scaled iterate; its interiority is a consequence.

The Newton system is defined by its raw rows with Ei\mathcal E_iEi​, Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ from (8) and GiG_iGi​ from (19)/(21). A formalization that defined the direction through the closed forms (23)/(29), or defined GiG_iGi​ implicitly by Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ or Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​, would make the goal nearly definitional and is ruled out.

Reusable infrastructure: the arrow matrix and γ\gammaγ of the Lorentz cone, the HKM and NT scalings, and the algebra of Lorentz transformations. Contributions toward any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Tütüncü, K. C. Toh, M. J. Todd, Solving semidefinite-quadratic-linear programs using SDPT3, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 189–217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0347-5
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11 & 12 (1999) 141–182 (reference [27] of the SDPT3 paper; no stable link recorded).
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods in convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

The Primal-Dual Active Set Strategy as a Semismooth Newton Method IV: Global Convergence for Small Perturbations of M-MatricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Obstacle problems, contact problems and control-constrained optimal control problems lead, after discretization, to complementarity systems of the form "find y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ and λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with Ay+λ=fAy + \lambda = fAy+λ=f and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i(y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0". The primal-dual active set strategy solves such systems by guessing which constraints are active, solving one linear system, and updating the guess. Each iteration costs a single linear solve, and in practice the method stops after few iterations.

Hintermüller, Ito and Kunisch (SIAM J. Optim. 13(3), 2002; authors' version hal-01660511v1) showed that the strategy is a semismooth Newton method for a reformulation of the complementarity system through a max-function, which gives local superlinear convergence. For convergence from arbitrary initial data the paper gives three sufficient conditions on the matrix. The first is that AAA is an M-matrix (Theorem 3.2), a class that many discretized second-order elliptic operators belong to. The M-matrix property is not stable under small perturbations: off-diagonal entries may become positive (p. 10). Theorem 3.4, the subject of this mission, shows that global convergence nevertheless survives small perturbations of an M-matrix. The paper notes that this also makes it relevant for numerical implementations.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, vectors f,ψ∈Rnf, \psi \in \mathbb{R}^nf,ψ∈Rn and a parameter c>0c > 0c>0. Vectors are ordered componentwise. For a matrix A∈Rn×nA \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times n}A∈Rn×n the problem is

Ay+λ=f,λ−max⁡(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,(3.1)Ay + \lambda = f, \qquad \lambda - \max\big(0, \lambda + c(y - \psi)\big) = 0, \tag{3.1}Ay+λ=f,λ−max(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,(3.1)

with the maximum taken componentwise. The paper writes AAA for the matrix and calligraphic A\mathcal{A}A, I\mathcal{I}I for the active and inactive index sets.

The primal-dual active set algorithm starts from an arbitrary pair (y0,λ0)(y^0, \lambda^0)(y0,λ0). Given (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk) it sets

Ak={i:λik+c(yik−ψi)>0},Ik={i:λik+c(yik−ψi)≤0},\mathcal{A}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k_i - \psi_i) > 0 \}, \qquad \mathcal{I}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k_i - \psi_i) \le 0 \},Ak​={i:λik​+c(yik​−ψi​)>0},Ik​={i:λik​+c(yik​−ψi​)≤0},

and determines (yk+1,λk+1)(y^{k+1}, \lambda^{k+1})(yk+1,λk+1) from

Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak,λk+1=0 on Ik.Ay^{k+1} + \lambda^{k+1} = f, \qquad y^{k+1} = \psi \text{ on } \mathcal{A}_k, \qquad \lambda^{k+1} = 0 \text{ on } \mathcal{I}_k .Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak​,λk+1=0 on Ik​.

For an index set I⊆{1,…,n}\mathcal{I} \subseteq \{1,\dots,n\}I⊆{1,…,n} with complement A\mathcal{A}A, AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is the principal submatrix of AAA on I\mathcal{I}I and AIAA_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AIA​ the block with rows in I\mathcal{I}I and columns in A\mathcal{A}A. The step above is uniquely solvable exactly when AIkA_{\mathcal{I}_k}AIk​​ is invertible.

A square matrix MMM is an M-matrix if it is nonsingular, mij≤0m_{ij} \le 0mij​≤0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j, and M−1≥0M^{-1} \ge 0M−1≥0 entrywise. For a rectangular matrix BBB, ∥B∥1\|B\|_1∥B∥1​ is the matrix norm subordinate to the one-norms on both spaces, i.e. the maximal absolute column sum ∥B∥1=max⁡j∑i∣bij∣\|B\|_1 = \max_j \sum_i |b_{ij}|∥B∥1​=maxj​∑i​∣bij​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

Let MMM be an M-matrix. There is ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 such that for every KKK with ∥K∥1<ε\|K\|_1 < \varepsilon∥K∥1​<ε, every f,ψf, \psif,ψ and every c>0c > 0c>0, with A=M+KA = M + KA=M+K:

  1. (3.1) has exactly one solution x∗=(y∗,λ∗)x^* = (y^*, \lambda^*)x∗=(y∗,λ∗);
  2. the algorithm is well-defined: from every (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk) the step has exactly one solution;
  3. for arbitrary initial data,
lim⁡k→∞(yk,λk)=(y∗,λ∗).\lim_{k\to\infty} (y^k, \lambda^k) = (y^*, \lambda^*).k→∞lim​(yk,λk)=(y∗,λ∗).

The threshold ε\varepsilonε is left unspecified; the theorem asserts only its existence.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  • Principal submatrices MIM_{\mathcal{I}}MI​ of an M-matrix are nonsingular M-matrices.
  • With ρ≥∥MI−1KI∥1\rho \ge \|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1ρ≥∥MI−1​KI​∥1​ for every I\mathcal{I}I and ρ<12\rho < \tfrac12ρ<21​, every AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is invertible and
AI−1=(II+∑i=1∞(−MI−1KI)i)MI−1.A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} = \Big(I_{\mathcal{I}} + \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\big(-M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}\big)^i\Big) M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}.AI−1​=(II​+i=1∑∞​(−MI−1​KI​)i)MI−1​.
  • Under the same hypothesis, for v≤0v \le 0v≤0, ∑i∈I(−AI−1v)i≥1−2ρ1−ρ ∥MI−1v∥1\sum_{i\in\mathcal{I}} \big(-A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}v\big)_i \ge \frac{1-2\rho}{1-\rho}\,\|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}v\|_1∑i∈I​(−AI−1​v)i​≥1−ρ1−2ρ​∥MI−1​v∥1​.
  • Whenever AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is invertible, entrywise AI−1AIA≤MI−1KIA−MI−1KI(M+K)I−1AIAA_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} - M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}(M+K)_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AI−1​AIA​≤MI−1​KIA​−MI−1​KI​(M+K)I−1​AIA​.
  • For ∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ small (uniformly in f,ψ,cf, \psi, cf,ψ,c) and k≥1k \ge 1k≥1: ∑iyik+1<∑iyik\sum_i y^{k+1}_i < \sum_i y^k_i∑i​yik+1​<∑i​yik​ unless yk+1=yky^{k+1} = y^kyk+1=yk, so M(y)=∑iyi\mathcal{M}(y) = \sum_i y_iM(y)=∑i​yi​ is a merit function.

A companion statement records the paper's remark after the theorem: for ∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ small, M+KM + KM+K is a P-matrix.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 makes global convergence depend on a sign pattern, which a perturbation of any size can destroy. Theorem 3.4 replaces the sign pattern by a neighbourhood: every matrix close enough to an M-matrix in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ inherits unique solvability of (3.1), well-posedness of every iteration, and convergence from every starting point. As the paper observes, solvability of (3.1) for every fff is equivalent to AAA being a P-matrix (Berman–Plemmons, Thm. 10.2.15), so the theorem also yields a sufficient condition for the P-matrix property.

Formalizing it. The paper's argument is a short sketch that refers back to the proof of Theorem 3.3 and asserts that "∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ can be chosen sufficiently small". A formalization makes the uniformity of that choice explicit (it depends only on MMM), checks the strict decrease of the merit function including its equality case, and fixes the role of the first iterate, from which the sign facts used in (3.8) hold. To our knowledge none of the three global convergence theorems of the paper has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to transfer Theorem 3.2 by continuity. It fails because the M-matrix proof is monotonicity-based: it shows y∗≤yk+1≤yky^* \le y^{k+1} \le y^ky∗≤yk+1≤yk, and that ordering uses AI−1≥0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} \ge 0AI−1​≥0 and AIA≤0A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le 0AIA​≤0, sign conditions that a perturbation breaks immediately. What survives is weaker: a scalar merit function ∑iyi\sum_i y_i∑i​yi​ whose decrease must be quantified. The perturbation has to be controlled uniformly over all 2n2^n2n index sets, both in the multiplier term (where the decrease must remain strict whenever λIk≠0\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}} \ne 0λIk​=0) and in the coupling term AI−1AIA(yk−ψ)AA_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}(y^k-\psi)_{\mathcal{A}}AI−1​AIA​(yk−ψ)A​, whose positive part must be absorbed by −∑A(yik−ψi)-\sum_{\mathcal{A}}(y^k_i - \psi_i)−∑A​(yik​−ψi​). Finally, strict decrease of a merit function does not by itself give convergence; the finiteness of the possible active sets must be combined with it.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ and matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; index sets are Finset (Fin n) and blocks are submatrices along subtype inclusions. Conventions committed to:

  • ∥B∥1\|B\|_1∥B∥1​ is the maximal absolute column sum, computed as a supremum in R≥0\mathbb{R}_{\ge0}R≥0​, equal to 000 for a matrix with no columns; it is not the entrywise sum or another operator norm;
  • the M-matrix predicate requires nonsingularity explicitly (IsUnit of the determinant), because Lean's inverse of a singular matrix is 000; it is stated for any finite index type so that it applies to principal blocks;
  • "∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ sufficiently small" is one ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 depending only on MMM (and nnn), quantified before fff, ψ\psiψ, ccc and the initial data;
  • a step is a relation and a run is an infinite sequence of steps from arbitrary initial data; step (iv)'s "Stop" is not modelled;
  • the convergence conclusion is stated for every solution of (3.1), which by the first conclusion is the solution; convergence is in the product topology;
  • the merit-function milestone holds from k=1k = 1k=1 on, as in the paper.

The goal does not assume that M+KM + KM+K is a P-matrix, that its principal blocks are invertible, that ρ<12\rho < \tfrac12ρ<21​, or that the merit function decreases: all of these are consequences. A version with ε\varepsilonε chosen after fff, ψ\psiψ, ccc or the run, or with any of these as hypotheses, would be trivial or different and is ruled out. Well-definedness is a conclusion, so runs from every initial pair exist and the convergence conclusion is not vacuous.

In the g-estimate, the page's final ∥M−1λIk∥1\|M^{-1}\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1∥M−1λIk​∥1​ is a misprint for ∥MI−1λIk∥1\|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1∥MI−1​λIk​∥1​; the statement uses MI−1M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}MI−1​.

A complete development needs: principal submatrices of M-matrices, Neumann series for matrices with the column-sum norm, the block form of one step and the identity (3.8), the sign facts λk≤0\lambda^k \le 0λk≤0 on Ik\mathcal{I}_kIk​ and yk≥ψy^k \ge \psiyk≥ψ on Ak\mathcal{A}_kAk​ for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, and continuity of principal minors for the P-matrix statement. The M-matrix and Neumann-series lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the companion, or of the goal through another argument are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Hintermüller, K. Ito, K. Kunisch, The primal-dual active set strategy as a semismooth Newton method, SIAM J. Optim. 13(3):865–888, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383558 ; authors' version https://hal.science/hal-01660511v1
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, Academic Press, 1979 (SIAM Classics reprint 1994). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
  • R. H. W. Hoppe, Multigrid algorithms for variational inequalities, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 24:1046–1065, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0724069
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Overbooking with Substitutable Inventory Classes: With Semigroup Survivals the Expected Net Revenue Is Componentwise Concave and Submodular in the Overbooking LevelsResearch Paper

Motivation

Airlines, hotels and car-rental firms sell reservations ahead of service, and a fraction of those reservations cancel or do not show up. Overbooking — accepting more reservations than there is capacity — recovers revenue that cancellations would otherwise destroy, at the risk of denying service to some customers. In practice inventory is often substitutable: a passenger booked in economy can be upgraded to business, a guest booked in a standard room can be given a suite. With substitution, the right overbooking level for one reservation class depends on the levels of all the others.

Karaesmen and van Ryzin (Operations Research 52(1):83–104, 2004) model this as a two-period problem: overbooking decisions in a reservation period, followed by an optimal assignment of the customers who actually show up to inventory classes in a service period. Their structural result, Theorem 2, establishes the shape of the expected net revenue as a function of the overbooking levels. That shape is what justifies critical-level booking policies and the stochastic-gradient method of their §4, and it is the textbook account of joint overbooking with substitution (Talluri and van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, 2004, Proposition 4.4).

Setting

There are nnn reservation classes i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, ni=1,…,n and m+1m + 1m+1 inventory classes j=0,1,…,mj = 0, 1, \dots, mj=0,1,…,m. Class j=0j = 0j=0 is virtual: assigning a customer to it means the customer is denied service.

Reservation period. The firm holds xix_ixi​ reservations of class iii and chooses overbooking levels ui≥xiu_i \ge x_iui​≥xi​. Accepting a class-iii reservation earns rir_iri​; a cancellation of class iii is refunded qiq_iqi​, with qi≤riq_i \le r_iqi​≤ri​. The number of class-iii customers who survive to the service period is a random variable Zi(ui)Z_i(u_i)Zi​(ui​) with values in {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}. The family {Zi(ui)}\{Z_i(u_i)\}{Zi​(ui​)} has the semigroup property: if Y1Y_1Y1​ and Y2Y_2Y2​ are independent with the laws of Zi(ui)Z_i(u_i)Zi​(ui​) and Zi(si)Z_i(s_i)Zi​(si​), then Y1+Y2Y_1 + Y_2Y1​+Y2​ has the law of Zi(ui+si)Z_i(u_i + s_i)Zi​(ui​+si​). The binomial model (Zi(ui)∼Bin(ui,pi)Z_i(u_i) \sim \mathrm{Bin}(u_i, p_i)Zi​(ui​)∼Bin(ui​,pi​) for integer uiu_iui​) and the Poisson model (Zi(ui)∼Poisson(uipi)Z_i(u_i) \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(u_i p_i)Zi​(ui​)∼Poisson(ui​pi​)) both have it. The survivals of different classes are independent.

Service period. Given the survivals z=(z1,…,zn)≥0z = (z_1, \dots, z_n) \ge 0z=(z1​,…,zn​)≥0, net benefits aija_{ij}aij​ (of either sign) and capacities cjc_jcj​, the firm solves the transportation problem

V0(z,c)=max⁡∑i=1n∑j=0maijyijs.t.∑j=0myij=zi,  ∑i=1nyij≤cj,  yij≥0.V_0(z, c) = \max \sum_{i=1}^n \sum_{j=0}^m a_{ij} y_{ij} \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_{j=0}^m y_{ij} = z_i, \ \ \sum_{i=1}^n y_{ij} \le c_j, \ \ y_{ij} \ge 0.V0​(z,c)=maxi=1∑n​j=0∑m​aij​yij​s.t.j=0∑m​yij​=zi​,  i=1∑n​yij​≤cj​,  yij​≥0.

Expected net revenue. The objective of the reservation period is

G(u)=∑i=1nri(ui−xi)−E[∑i=1nqi(ui−Zi(ui))]+E[V0(Z(u),c)],G(u) = \sum_{i=1}^n r_i (u_i - x_i) - \mathbb E\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n q_i\big(u_i - Z_i(u_i)\big)\Big] + \mathbb E\big[V_0(Z(u), c)\big],G(u)=i=1∑n​ri​(ui​−xi​)−E[i=1∑n​qi​(ui​−Zi​(ui​))]+E[V0​(Z(u),c)],

to be maximized over u≥xu \ge xu≥x.

A function fff on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is submodular on SSS if f(s∨s′)+f(s∧s′)≤f(s)+f(s′)f(s \vee s') + f(s \wedge s') \le f(s) + f(s')f(s∨s′)+f(s∧s′)≤f(s)+f(s′) for s,s′∈Ss, s' \in Ss,s′∈S, with ∨,∧\vee, \wedge∨,∧ the componentwise maximum and minimum.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For every uuu with levels in the parameter set PPP, every class iii and all ε,α∈P\varepsilon, \alpha \in Pε,α∈P,

G(u+(ε+α)ei)−G(u+αei)≤G(u+εei)−G(u),G(u + (\varepsilon + \alpha) e_i) - G(u + \alpha e_i) \le G(u + \varepsilon e_i) - G(u),G(u+(ε+α)ei​)−G(u+αei​)≤G(u+εei​)−G(u),

and GGG is submodular on PnP^nPn:

G(u∨u′)+G(u∧u′)≤G(u)+G(u′).G(u \vee u') + G(u \wedge u') \le G(u) + G(u').G(u∨u′)+G(u∧u′)≤G(u)+G(u′).

The first statement is the paper's componentwise concavity (6); the second is its submodularity, proved in the paper through the pairwise inequality (7) and Theorem 1.

Milestones

  1. LP duality for the transportation problem (§2.2, p. 86): for z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 the primal attains its optimum and equals the dual optimum.
  2. Lemma 1: V0(⋅,c)V_0(\cdot, c)V0​(⋅,c) is submodular on R≥0n\mathbb R^n_{\ge 0}R≥0n​.
  3. Lemma 2: V0V_0V0​ is concave in (z1,…,zn)(z_1, \dots, z_n)(z1​,…,zn​) and concave in (c1,…,cm)(c_1, \dots, c_m)(c1​,…,cm​).
  4. Theorem 1: on a product set, submodularity is equivalent to decreasing differences.
  5. Under the semigroup property, E[Zi(ui)]\mathbb E[Z_i(u_i)]E[Zi​(ui​)] is additive in uiu_iui​.
  6. The semigroup representation E[V0(Z(u+εei))]=E[V0(Z(u)+Yei)]\mathbb E[V_0(Z(u + \varepsilon e_i))] = \mathbb E[V_0(Z(u) + Y e_i)]E[V0​(Z(u+εei​))]=E[V0​(Z(u)+Yei​)] with YYY independent of Z(u)Z(u)Z(u) and distributed as Zi(ε)Z_i(\varepsilon)Zi​(ε).
  7. The sample-path inequalities of the proof: nonincreasing increments of V0V_0V0​ along one coordinate, and the pairwise submodularity inequality for two coordinates.

Significance

Componentwise concavity of GGG implies that for each reservation class there is a critical booking level beyond which expected revenue does not increase, other levels held fixed. Submodularity implies that these critical levels are nonincreasing in the bookings accepted for any other class: heavier overbooking in one class leaves less spare substitute capacity for the others. These two properties underpin the heuristics and the stochastic-gradient optimization of §4–§5 of the paper.

The result is proved in the paper (for n=2n = 2n=2, with the general case described as straightforward). A machine-checked version would cover the general semigroup case, which includes the binomial model the paper calls realistic, real-valued levels and arbitrary step sizes. The platform already holds a proved special case, RevenueManagement.joint_overbooking_concave_submodular (Talluri–van Ryzin, Proposition 4.4): Poisson survivals, integer levels and unit steps only. This mission generalizes it in all three respects and also formalizes the transportation-problem facts (LP duality, submodularity and concavity of V0V_0V0​) as reusable statements.

Difficulty

The obvious route — differentiate GGG and use concavity of V0V_0V0​ — fails twice. First, V0V_0V0​ is piecewise linear and the survivals are discrete, so there is nothing to differentiate; under the binomial model GGG is only defined at integer levels. Second, concavity of V0V_0V0​ alone does not survive the expectation: E[V0(Z(u))]\mathbb E[V_0(Z(u))]E[V0​(Z(u))] is a mixture over laws that change with uuu, and a concave function of a random vector whose law moves with the parameter need not be concave in the parameter. The semigroup property is what replaces a change of law by the addition of an independent block of survivors, and that coupling must be built for every coordinate and every pair of coordinates at once. On the LP side, submodularity of a transportation-problem value in its demands is a lattice-programming fact (Topkis, Theorem 3.4.1; Shapley 1962), not a consequence of concavity.

Formalization scope

All declarations are in the namespace SubstOverbooking.Structure. Reservation classes are Fin n (0-based), inventory classes Fin (m + 1) with 0 the virtual denied-service class. Conventions committed to:

  • Uncapacitated virtual class. The paper gives class 0 "finite but very high capacity" and then needs it to absorb every survivor; with Poisson survivals no finite capacity does. Constraint (4) is imposed only for j≠0j \ne 0j=0, c0c_0c0​ is unused, and the dual fixes λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0. Capacities satisfy cj≥0c_j \ge 0cj​≥0 for j≠0j \ne 0j=0.
  • V0V_0V0​ on real demands. V0V_0V0​ is the supremum of the TP objective over feasible assignments, for real zzz; every statement assumes z≥0z \ge 0z≥0, where the supremum is attained and finite.
  • Survival laws. Each class has a family u↦Li(u)u \mapsto L_i(u)u↦Li​(u) of probability mass functions on N\mathbb NN, with finite means. Levels range over a parameter set P⊆[0,∞)P \subseteq [0, \infty)P⊆[0,∞) that contains 000 and is closed under addition and under nonnegative differences: P=NP = \mathbb NP=N covers the binomial model, P=[0,∞)P = [0, \infty)P=[0,∞) the Poisson model. The semigroup property is the identity of laws Li(u+s)=(Li(u)⊗Li(s))∘(+)−1L_i(u + s) = (L_i(u) \otimes L_i(s)) \circ (+)^{-1}Li​(u+s)=(Li​(u)⊗Li​(s))∘(+)−1 for u,s∈Pu, s \in Pu,s∈P, and independence across classes is the product law.
  • Concavity is stated as the increment inequality (6), which is meaningful on a discrete PPP; submodularity of GGG is lattice submodularity on PnP^nPn via the published SupermodularOn applied to −G-G−G.
  • Theorem 1 is stated for product sets S=T1×⋯×TnS = T_1 \times \dots \times T_nS=T1​×⋯×Tn​; as printed for arbitrary S⊂RnS \subset \mathbb R^nS⊂Rn it is false, and every set the paper applies it to is a product.
  • The refund condition qi≤riq_i \le r_iqi​≤ri​ is kept as a hypothesis of the goal, as on the page.

A formalization that fixes Poisson laws, integer levels or unit steps, or that defines GGG or V0V_0V0​ through the inequalities to be proved, is the already-proved special case or an empty statement, and is not the goal.

A complete development needs finite LP duality for the transportation problem, the lattice-programming argument for Lemma 1, product measures and image measures on Nn\mathbb N^nNn, and the coupling of the semigroup property. The LP and lattice parts are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for Lemma 1 (for instance via monotonicity of optimal duals, after Erlenkotter 1970).

Selected references

  • I. Karaesmen and G. van Ryzin, Overbooking with Substitutable Inventory Classes, Operations Research 52(1):83–104, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0079
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004, §4.4. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998, Theorem 3.4.1. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • R. K. Sundaram, A First Course in Optimization Theory, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804526
  • L. S. Shapley, Complements and substitutes in the optimal assignment problem, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 9(1):45–48, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800090106
  • M. Shaked and J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic convexity and its applications, Advances in Applied Probability 20(2):427–446, 1988. https://doi.org/10.2307/1427398
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization IV: The Nesterov–Todd Scaling of a Quadratic or Rotated Quadratic Cone Is W = −Q + (e₁ + w)(e₁ + w)ᵀ/(1 + w₁)Research Paper

Why the Nesterov–Todd scaling of a second-order cone matters

Conic quadratic (second-order cone) programs are solved in practice by primal-dual interior-point methods. Each iteration solves a Newton system for the central-path equations, and for non-polyhedral cones that system is only guaranteed to be well posed after the problem is scaled: the primal point xxx and the dual slack sss are transformed by a matrix ΘW\Theta WΘW chosen from the current iterate. Among the scalings analysed by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000), the best complexity bounds are obtained with the Nesterov–Todd (NT) scaling of Nesterov and Todd (1997), which maps xxx and sss to the same point.

Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (2003) describe the conic quadratic interior-point solver of MOSEK. Their Lemma 4.2 gives the NT scaling in closed form for each of the three cone types they use. It is what makes the NT direction cheap: each cone block of WWW is determined by one vector www, and WWW, W2W^2W2 and their inverses can be applied in time linear in the dimension. For the quadratic cone the formula goes back to Tsuchiya (1999); the paper re-derives it and extends it to the rotated quadratic cone.

Setting

Fix one cone block of dimension ddd. Coordinates are x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x_1,\dots,x_d)x=(x1​,…,xd​), xk:dx_{k:d}xk:d​ denotes the subvector of coordinates k,…,dk,\dots,dk,…,d, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The block is one of

  • the positive half-line R+\mathbb R_+R+​ (d=1d=1d=1), with T=Q=1T = Q = 1T=Q=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x:x1≥∥x2:d∥}K^q = \{x : x_1 \ge \|x_{2:d}\|\}Kq={x:x1​≥∥x2:d​∥} (d≥1d\ge1d≥1), with T=IT = IT=I and Q=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Q=diag(1,−1,…,−1);
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x:2x1x2≥∥x3:d∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x : 2x_1x_2 \ge \|x_{3:d}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:d​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0} (d≥2d\ge2d≥2), with TTT the identity except for the leading block 12[111−1]\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​], and QQQ the matrix with Q12=Q21=1Q_{12} = Q_{21} = 1Q12​=Q21​=1, Qjj=−1Q_{jj} = -1Qjj​=−1 for j≥3j\ge3j≥3, and zeros elsewhere.

A scaling matrix (Definition 3.3) is a symmetric positive definite WWW with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q. For θ>0\theta>0θ>0 the scaled points are xˉ=θWx\bar x = \theta W xxˉ=θWx and sˉ=(θW)−1s\bar s = (\theta W)^{-1}ssˉ=(θW)−1s. The pair (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) is an NT scaling of (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) when xˉ=sˉ\bar x = \bar sxˉ=sˉ, equation (28); equivalently s=θ2W2xs = \theta^2W^2xs=θ2W2x, equation (29).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.2 (p. 15)

For x,sx, sx,s in the interior of the cone:

  1. every NT scaling satisfies
θ2=sTQsxTQx;(30)\theta^2 = \sqrt{\frac{s^TQs}{x^TQx}};\qquad(30)θ2=xTQxsTQs​​;(30)
  1. with this θ\thetaθ and
w=θ−1s+θQx2xTs+xTQx sTQs,(32)w = \frac{\theta^{-1}s + \theta Qx}{\sqrt2\sqrt{x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}}},\qquad(32)w=2​xTs+xTQxsTQs​​θ−1s+θQx​,(32)

the following matrices WWW make (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) an NT scaling: W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2W = \theta^{-1}(X^{-1}S)^{1/2}W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​;

W=[w1w2:dTw2:dI+w2:dw2:dT1+w1]=−Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T1+e1Tw(31)W = \begin{bmatrix} w_1 & w_{2:d}^T\\ w_{2:d} & I + \frac{w_{2:d}w_{2:d}^T}{1+w_1}\end{bmatrix} = -Q + \frac{(e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^Tw}\qquad(31)W=[w1​w2:d​​w2:dT​I+1+w1​w2:d​w2:dT​​​]=−Q+1+e1T​w(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T​(31)

for KqK^qKq; and

W=−Q+(Te1+w)(Te1+w)T1+e1TTw(34)W = -Q + \frac{(Te_1+w)(Te_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^TTw}\qquad(34)W=−Q+1+e1T​Tw(Te1​+w)(Te1​+w)T​(34)

for KrK^rKr. In the last two cases W2=−Q+2wwTW^2 = -Q + 2ww^TW2=−Q+2wwT, equations (33) and (35).

Milestones

Lemma 3.3 i)–iii) (scaling preserves xTsx^TsxTs and rescales xTQxx^TQxxTQx, sTQss^TQssTQs by θ±2\theta^{\pm2}θ±2); (30) on its own; the normalization w12−∥w2:d∥2=1w_1^2 - \|w_{2:d}\|^2 = 1w12​−∥w2:d​∥2=1 and the square (62) of the arrow form (31); positivity of the radicand of (32); the identity 2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQx sTQs2\theta^2(w^Tx)^2 = x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQxsTQs​ and the formula (32); for the rotated cone, the transport (63) by TTT, the identities θ^=θ\hat\theta = \thetaθ^=θ and w^=Tw\hat w = Tww^=Tw, and TWT=W^TWT = \hat WTWT=W^. Two companions: Lemma 4.3, (θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q(\theta W)^{-2} = \theta^{-2}QW^2Q(θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q, and Lemma 3.3 iv), that a scaling maps the cone and its interior onto themselves.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4.2 turns the NT scaling, defined implicitly by (28), into explicit data: one scalar θ\thetaθ and one vector www per cone. Combined with Lemma 4.3 it shows that every product with WWW, W2W^2W2 or their inverses in the scaled Newton system (27) is a rank-one correction of a signature matrix, which is what the paper's implementation relies on. The rotated-cone formula (34) is the paper's own addition and is what lets rotated cones be handled natively instead of through a change of variables.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version is known to exist, and the platform has no formalization of second-order-cone scalings. The work is the matrix algebra of the Lorentz group — the signature matrix QQQ, the matrices with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q, and their action on KqK^qKq and KrK^rKr — which is reusable for every second-order-cone algorithm.

Difficulty

Most of the items are finite-dimensional identities, but they are identities between block matrices of arbitrary size with entries that are nested square roots, and they hold only on the interior of the cone, where the radicands are positive. The derivation in the paper runs backwards: it assumes WWW has the shape (31) and solves for www, taking a square root without fixing its sign. The goal asks for the forward direction — that the displayed θ\thetaθ, www, WWW do satisfy (28) and W≻0W\succ0W≻0 — which needs the normalization wTQw=1w^TQw = 1wTQw=1, positive definiteness of −Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T/(1+w1)-Q + (e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T/(1+w_1)−Q+(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T/(1+w1​), and, for the rotated cone, the reduction to the quadratic cone through TTT with TT=ITT = ITT=I and TQrT=QqTQ^rT = Q^qTQrT=Qq.

Formalization scope

  • Per block. Every statement is made for one cone block. Θ\ThetaΘ and WWW are block diagonal (pp. 11–12), so this is the paper's statement block by block. The cone type is the parameter kind : ConeKind, and vectors are Fin d → ℝ.
  • Index base and norms. The paper's x1x_1x1​ is coordinate 0. ∥x2:d∥2\|x_{2:d}\|^2∥x2:d​∥2 is written as a sum of squares (tailSq x 1); Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ, which is the sup norm, is never used.
  • Interiors. The interiors are given by strict inequalities. The paper never defines int⁡(K)\operatorname{int}(K)int(K) concretely; these coincide with the topological interiors.
  • Added hypotheses. All are disclosed in the items:
    • the dimension conventions (d=1d=1d=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, d≥1d\ge1d≥1 for KqK^qKq, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 for KrK^rKr), which the paper leaves implicit;
    • θ>0\theta>0θ>0 in Definition 3.3, which the paper calls positive definite on p. 24;
    • 1+w1>01+w_1>01+w1​>0 wherever the page divides by 1+w11+w_11+w1​;
    • wTx>0w^Tx>0wTx>0 for the last step of the derivation of (32), where the page silently fixes this sign.
  • Inverses. The matrix inverse is Mathlib's total inverse. The NT predicate always contains W≻0W\succ0W≻0, so (28) never reads the junk value of a singular inverse.
  • Reading of Lemma 4.2. The lemma names θ\thetaθ and WWW without quantifying them. The goal states (30) for every NT scaling and asserts that the displayed formulas are an NT scaling. It does not claim that the NT scaling is unique, which the paper does not prove.
  • Ruling out a trivial formalization. Stating only (30) would allow a version that holds vacuously if no NT scaling existed. Part 2 of the goal is what excludes this, and a sanity check exhibits θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, W=IW = IW=I at x=s=e1x = s = e_1x=s=e1​ in KqK^qKq for d=2d=2d=2.

A complete development needs:

  • the cone definitions and the matrices TTT, QQQ;
  • Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef and Matrix.inv;
  • elementary real square-root algebra.

Lemmas about {W:W≻0, WQW=Q}\{W : W\succ0,\ WQW = Q\}{W:W≻0, WQW=Q} (closure under products and inverses, invariance of KqK^qKq) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for positive definiteness of (31).

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; authors' preprint of 18 Dec 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88(1) (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11–12 (1999) 141–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/10556789908805750
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization III: A Newton Step Scales the Homogeneous Residuals and the Complementarity Gap by 1 − α(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization — linear optimization over products of quadratic (second-order, Lorentz) cones — covers robust linear programming, portfolio problems with risk constraints, norm minimization and many engineering design problems. Andersen, Roos and Terlaky describe the primal-dual interior-point method implemented in the MOSEK optimizer for this problem class (Math. Program. 95 (2003)). Their algorithm does not solve the primal and dual problems directly. It solves the homogeneous model, an embedding that has a solution whether or not the original problem is feasible, and from which either an optimal pair or a certificate of infeasibility is read off.

The convergence argument of such a method rests on one algebraic property of its search direction: a step along the Newton direction reduces the infeasibility of the homogeneous model and its complementarity gap at the same rate. For linear programming this is classical (Xu, Hung and Ye, 1996; Andersen and Andersen, 2000). This mission formalizes the conic quadratic version, Lemma 4.1 of the paper, in which the diagonal complementarity products of linear programming are replaced by arrow-head matrices.

Setting

The cone is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK = K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk. Each factor Ki⊆RniK^i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n^i}Ki⊆Rni is one of three kinds:

  • the half-line R+={x∈R:x≥0}\mathbb R_+ = \{x\in\mathbb R : x\ge0\}R+​={x∈R:x≥0}, with ni=1n^i = 1ni=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0}K^q = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0}, with ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1;
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0}, with ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2.

Vectors are partitioned by cones, x=(x1;… ;xk)x = (x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk), and xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts = \sum_i (x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi. To each cone is attached a symmetric orthogonal matrix TiT^iTi: the identity for R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and KqK^qKq, and for KrK^rKr the identity with its leading 2×22\times22×2 block replaced by 12[111−1]\frac{1}{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​]. For v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd the arrow-head matrix is

mat⁡(v)=[v1v2:dTv2:dv1I].\operatorname{mat}(v) = \begin{bmatrix} v_1 & v_{2:d}^T\\ v_{2:d} & v_1 I\end{bmatrix}.mat(v)=[v1​v2:d​​v2:dT​v1​I​].

At a point (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) put Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi), and let XXX, SSS, TTT be block diagonal with blocks XiX^iXi, SiS^iSi, TiT^iTi. Let eie^iei be the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni and e=(e1;… ;ek)e = (e^1;\dots;e^k)e=(e1;…;ek).

The data are A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. A current point is (x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)})(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0)), with

μ(0)=(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)k+1.\mu^{(0)} = \frac{(x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}}{k+1}.μ(0)=k+1(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)​.

For a centering parameter γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] the Newton direction (dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) solves the linear system (22):

Adx−bdτ=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATdy+ds−cdτ=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTdx+bTdy−dκ=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).\begin{aligned} A d_x - b d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Td_y + d_s - c d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Td_x + b^Td_y - d_\kappa &= (\gamma-1)(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x &= -X^{(0)}S^{(0)}e + \gamma\mu^{(0)}e,\\ \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau &= -\tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)} + \gamma\mu^{(0)}. \end{aligned}Adx​−bdτ​ATdy​+ds​−cdτ​−cTdx​+bTdy​−dκ​X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​​=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).​

The new point is (x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(x^{(1)},\tau^{(1)},y^{(1)},s^{(1)},\kappa^{(1)}) = (x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + \alpha(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) for a step size α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] (23).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.1 (p. 13)

Under (22) and (23),

Ax(1)−bτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),dxTds+dτdκ=0,(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).\begin{aligned} Ax^{(1)} - b\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Ty^{(1)} + s^{(1)} - c\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Tx^{(1)} + b^Ty^{(1)} - \kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa &= 0,\\ (x^{(1)})^Ts^{(1)} + \tau^{(1)}\kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))\big((x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}\big). \end{aligned}Ax(1)−bτ(1)ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)​=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=0,=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).​

Milestones

  1. (25), p. 13: with η=1−γ\eta = 1-\gammaη=1−γ, the shifted point η(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d\eta(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + dη(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d satisfies the three linear equations of the homogeneous model.
  2. (26), p. 13: 0=(ηx(0)+dx)T(ηs(0)+ds)+(ητ(0)+dτ)(ηκ(0)+dκ)0 = (\eta x^{(0)}+d_x)^T(\eta s^{(0)}+d_s) + (\eta\tau^{(0)}+d_\tau)(\eta\kappa^{(0)}+d_\kappa)0=(ηx(0)+dx​)T(ηs(0)+ds​)+(ητ(0)+dτ​)(ηκ(0)+dκ​), and its expansion in powers of η\etaη.
  3. (61), p. 36: eTXSe=∑i(Tixi)TTisi=xTse^TXSe = \sum_i (T^ix^i)^TT^is^i = x^TseTXSe=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi=xTs for all xxx, sss.
  4. p. 14, first equality: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx=eT(X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x = e^T(X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​=eT(X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​), for all vectors.
  5. p. 14, the chain's value: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx+τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x + \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau = (\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​+τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1).
  6. p. 14, orthogonality: dxTds+dτdκ=0d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa = 0dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​=0.

Significance

Lemma 4.1 is what makes the homogeneous algorithm analyzable. Because the three residuals and the gap shrink by the same factor 1−α(1−γ)1-\alpha(1-\gamma)1−α(1−γ), their ratios are invariant along the iterates, and a step with γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 makes measurable progress toward a solution of the homogeneous model. The paper notes (p. 14) that all properties stated in Lemma 4.1 hold for the Nesterov–Todd-scaled direction (27) as well, the direction actually implemented, for which polynomial complexity is shown by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000).

The result is proved on the page; it is not open. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, it has not been formalized. Machine-checked versions exist only for linear-programming analogues, with diagonal complementarity products in place of arrow-head matrices. The formalization adds two things. First, it fixes three printed slips: the third line of (22) prints κ\kappaκ for κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0); the fourth identity of (24) prints dxTdsTd_x^Td_s^TdxT​dsT​; and the proof's evaluation on p. 14 ends with (γ−1)μ(0)k(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}k(γ−1)μ(0)k where (γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1) is correct, since eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k and the τκ\tau\kappaτκ equation contributes the extra μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0). Second, the arrow-head identities (61) and the p. 14 equality are reusable for missions on the complementarity conditions (Lemma 3.1) and the scaled directions of the same paper.

Difficulty

The first three identities of (24) are linear and follow from the first three lines of (22) alone. The content is in the last two. They need an inner-product identity that turns the fourth line of (22), a statement about arrow-head matrix products, into a statement about the scalar quantity (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​. The naive reading treats X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ as an abstract linear image of dsd_sds​ and loses exactly this link. What is needed is that the first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) is vTv^TvT, that mat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1mat(u)mat(v)e1​ has first entry uTvu^TvuTv, and that every TiT^iTi is symmetric and orthogonal. The last fails for the rotated cone when ni<2n^i<2ni<2, so the dimension conventions are not decoration. The bookkeeping constant eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k must also be tracked correctly; the page itself gets it wrong.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Blocks are indexed by Fin k; block iii is Fin (n i) → ℝ, and indices are 0-based (the paper's v1v_1v1​ is v 0). AAA is given by its column blocks AiA^iAi, so Ax=∑iAixiAx = \sum_iA^ix^iAx=∑i​Aixi, (ATy)i=(Ai)Ty(A^Ty)^i = (A^i)^Ty(ATy)i=(Ai)Ty and cTx=∑i(ci)Txic^Tx = \sum_i (c^i)^Tx^icTx=∑i​(ci)Txi. The second line of (22) and of (24), and the fourth line of (22), are stated block by block; this is equivalent because XXX, SSS, TTT are block diagonal.
  • Definitions. The shared module ConicQuadIPM.Complementarity.Setting provides the cone kinds, TiT^iTi (Tmat), mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) (arrow), eie^iei (e1) and the predicate WellFormed; this mission's ConicQuadIPM.NewtonStep.Setting adds μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0) (mu0) and the system (22) (NewtonSystem). WellFormed is the paper's implicit dimension convention (ni=1n^i = 1ni=1, ≥1\ge1≥1, ≥2\ge2≥2 for the three kinds).
  • Hypotheses. Every theorem assumes WellFormed. This is a disclosed addition: the paper never states the dimensions, and without them a block of dimension 000 breaks eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k. The ranges α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] and γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] are kept as on the page, although the identities hold for all real values. No interiority or cone membership of the current point is assumed, because Lemma 4.1 does not use any. The κ\kappaκ of (22)'s third line is κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0).
  • No trivialization. The fourth line of (22) must stay in terms of arrow and Tmat. Replacing X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ by an abstract linear map, or by (x(0))Tds(x^{(0)})^Td_s(x(0))Tds​ directly, would turn milestone 4 into a definition and empty the goal. Milestone 5 states the corrected constant k+1k+1k+1; the printed kkk is false whenever γ≠1\gamma\ne1γ=1 and μ(0)≠0\mu^{(0)}\ne0μ(0)=0.
  • Reusable parts. The arrow-head lemmas (first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v), e1Tmat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1=uTve_1^T\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1 = u^Tve1T​mat(u)mat(v)e1​=uTv, symmetry and orthogonality of TiT^iTi) are useful beyond this mission. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; cited from the authors' preprint of 18 December 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • X. Xu, P.-F. Hung, Y. Ye, A simplified homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm and its implementation, Annals of Operations Research 62 (1996) 151–171. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02206815
  • E. D. Andersen, K. D. Andersen, The MOSEK interior point optimizer for linear programming: an implementation of the homogeneous algorithm, in High Performance Optimization, Kluwer (2000) 197–232. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3216-0_8
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88 (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Regression and Lasso 1: Under Feature-Wise Norm-Bounded Column Disturbances, Worst-Case Least-Norm Regression Is Exactly ℓ1-Regularized Regression ‖b − Ax‖₂ + Σ cᵢ|xᵢ|Research Paper

Why robustness and the Lasso belong together

The Lasso (Tibshirani 1996; Chen, Donoho and Saunders 1998) fits a linear model b≈Axb \approx Axb≈Ax by penalizing the ℓ¹ norm of the coefficients. It is one of the standard tools of high-dimensional statistics and signal processing, and its usual justification is statistical or geometric: the ℓ¹ penalty is a convex surrogate for sparsity, or the negative log-density of a Laplace prior. Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (arXiv:0811.1790v1, 2008; IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 56(7), 2010) give a different justification: an ℓ¹-regularized regression is exactly a robust regression, the problem of fitting the data well in the worst case when every feature of the observation matrix may be corrupted by a bounded disturbance.

This observation is the foundation of the rest of their paper (dual-norm regularizers from coupled disturbances, sparsity from robustness, consistency of the Lasso through a worst-case-expectation reading). It also connects two literatures. On the robust side, El Ghaoui and Lebret (SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl. 18(4), 1997) computed the worst-case residual when the whole data matrix [A b][A\ b][A b] is disturbed in a Frobenius-norm ball, obtaining ∥Ax−b∥+∥x∥2+1\|Ax-b\|+\sqrt{\|x\|^2+1}∥Ax−b∥+∥x∥2+1​; that result is already on the platform as RobustLS.Unstructured.worst_case_residual_closed_form. On the distributional side, Blanchet, Kang and Murthy (J. Appl. Probab. 56(3), 2019) obtained the square-root Lasso as a Wasserstein distributionally robust problem (RWPI.SqrtLasso.theorem_1). The present mission formalizes the feature-wise result that sits between them.

Setting

Fix integers nnn (samples) and mmm (features). The observation matrix A∈Rn×mA\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}A∈Rn×m has columns a1,…,am∈Rna_1,\dots,a_m\in\mathbb R^na1​,…,am​∈Rn, the features. The response is b∈Rnb\in\mathbb R^nb∈Rn and a coefficient vector is x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm, so that Ax=∑i=1mxiaiAx=\sum_{i=1}^m x_i a_iAx=∑i=1m​xi​ai​. All norms on Rn\mathbb R^nRn are Euclidean, ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​.

A disturbance of AAA is a family ΔA=(δ1,…,δm)\Delta A=(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m)ΔA=(δ1​,…,δm​) of vectors δi∈Rn\delta_i\in\mathbb R^nδi​∈Rn, one per column; the disturbed matrix A+ΔAA+\Delta AA+ΔA has columns ai+δia_i+\delta_iai​+δi​. Given budgets c1,…,cm≥0c_1,\dots,c_m\ge 0c1​,…,cm​≥0, the feature-wise uncoupled uncertainty set is

U={(δ1,…,δm)  ∣  ∥δi∥2≤ci, i=1,…,m}.(2)\mathcal U=\bigl\{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m)\;\big|\;\|\delta_i\|_2\le c_i,\ i=1,\dots,m\bigr\}. \tag{2}U={(δ1​,…,δm​)​∥δi​∥2​≤ci​, i=1,…,m}.(2)

Each feature is disturbed independently: no constraint couples the δi\delta_iδi​. The robust objective is the worst-case residual

R(x)=sup⁡ΔA∈U∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2,R(x)=\sup_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U}\|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_2,R(x)=ΔA∈Usup​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2​,

and robust linear regression is problem (1), min⁡x∈RmR(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^m} R(x)minx∈Rm​R(x). The ℓ¹-regularized regression problem is (3), min⁡x∈RmL(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^m} L(x)minx∈Rm​L(x) with

L(x)=∥b−Ax∥2+∑i=1mci∣xi∣.L(x)=\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_{i=1}^m c_i|x_i| .L(x)=∥b−Ax∥2​+i=1∑m​ci​∣xi​∣.

The loss in LLL is the norm of the residual, not its square. In the Lean development, AxAxAx is matVec a x, U\mathcal UU is uncertaintySet c, RRR is robustObjective a b c, LLL is l1RegularizedObjective a b c, and the disturbance δi∗=−ci sgn(xi) u\delta_i^*=-c_i\,\mathrm{sgn}(x_i)\,uδi∗​=−ci​sgn(xi​)u of the proof is worstCaseDisturbance c x u.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 4)

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and budgets ci≥0c_i\ge 0ci​≥0, problem (1) with uncertainty set (2) is equivalent to problem (3): for every x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm,

x minimizes R  ⟺  x minimizes L,andinf⁡xR(x)=inf⁡xL(x).x\ \text{minimizes}\ R\iff x\ \text{minimizes}\ L,\qquad\text{and}\qquad \inf_{x} R(x)=\inf_x L(x).x minimizes R⟺x minimizes L,andxinf​R(x)=xinf​L(x).

No minimizer is asserted to exist; the paper does not claim one.

Milestones (in the order the proof uses them)

  1. Eq. (4), the upper bound: for every ΔA∈U\Delta A\in\mathcal UΔA∈U, ∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2≤∥b−Ax∥2+∑i∣xi∣ci\|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_2\le\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_i|x_i|c_i∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2​≤∥b−Ax∥2​+∑i​∣xi​∣ci​.
  2. Eq. (5), the attained worst case: with uuu a unit vector equal to (b−Ax)/∥b−Ax∥2(b-Ax)/\|b-Ax\|_2(b−Ax)/∥b−Ax∥2​ when Ax≠bAx\ne bAx=b, the disturbance δi∗=−ci sgn(xi) u\delta_i^*=-c_i\,\mathrm{sgn}(x_i)\,uδi∗​=−ci​sgn(xi​)u lies in U\mathcal UU and
∥b−(A+ΔA∗)x∥2=∥b−Ax∥2+∑ici∣xi∣.\|b-(A+\Delta A^*)x\|_2=\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_i c_i|x_i| .∥b−(A+ΔA∗)x∥2​=∥b−Ax∥2​+i∑​ci​∣xi​∣.
  1. The per-xxx identity stated at the start of the proof: for every xxx,
max⁡ΔA∈U∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2=∥b−Ax∥2+∑i=1mci∣xi∣,\max_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U}\|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_2=\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_{i=1}^m c_i|x_i|,ΔA∈Umax​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2​=∥b−Ax∥2​+i=1∑m​ci​∣xi​∣,

with the maximum attained.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 turns a min–max problem whose inner maximization is nonconvex into a single convex, second-order-cone-representable problem, and it gives the regularization weights a concrete meaning: cic_ici​ is the size of the disturbance feature iii is protected against. With equal budgets ci=cc_i=cci​=c it recovers the Lasso with the unsquared loss, which coincides with the usual Lasso up to a data-dependent change of the regularization coefficient. Every later result of the paper (Theorem 3 for arbitrary norms, the coupled uncertainty sets of Corollary 1, the sparsity theorems of §IV, the kernel-density reading of §V) builds on this identity or its proof pattern.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; the mission formalizes that proof. No machine-checked version of it exists on the platform or, to our knowledge, elsewhere. The definitions here (the uncertainty set, the worst-case objective as a genuine supremum, the explicit worst-case disturbance) are the base on which the companion missions of this series (coupled norms, sparsity, worst-case expectation) restate their own objects.

Difficulty

The upper bound (4) is the triangle inequality. The substance is the lower bound: one must exhibit a single admissible disturbance that makes every column perturbation push the residual in the same direction, and check that it is admissible and that the resulting norm adds up exactly. Two edge cases make the obvious argument fail as written. When Ax=bAx=bAx=b the direction (b−Ax)/∥b−Ax∥2(b-Ax)/\|b-Ax\|_2(b−Ax)/∥b−Ax∥2​ is undefined and an arbitrary unit vector must be used instead, which requires n≥1n\ge1n≥1; for n=0n=0n=0 the identity reads 0=∑ici∣xi∣0=\sum_i c_i|x_i|0=∑i​ci​∣xi​∣ and is false. When xi=0x_i=0xi​=0 the sign must be 000, not ±1\pm1±1, for the computation in (5) to go through. Passing from the per-xxx identity to the equivalence of the two minimization problems is then routine, but it must be done without assuming that either problem has a minimizer.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); AAA is the family of its columns a : Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and Ax=∑ixi aiAx=\sum_i x_i\,a_iAx=∑i​xi​ai​. Indices 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m are Fin m. A disturbance is δ : Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and (A+ΔA)x(A+\Delta A)x(A+ΔA)x is matVec (a + δ) x.
  • Readings of "max" and "min". The paper writes "max" over U\mathcal UU. R(x)R(x)R(x) is defined as the supremum over U\mathcal UU taken in EReal, so it is −∞-\infty−∞ on an empty set and +∞+\infty+∞ on an unbounded one and carries no junk value. That the maximum is attained is stated separately, as IsGreatest of the set of residual norms (milestone 3). "min" in (1) and (3) is read as: the same set of minimizers (IsMinOn … Set.univ) and the same infimum, computed in EReal. No existence of minimizers is claimed.
  • Added hypothesis. n≥1n\ge1n≥1 (0 < n), which the paper leaves implicit. The budgets ci≥0c_i\ge0ci​≥0 are the paper's own assumption on (2).
  • Sign convention. sgn\mathrm{sgn}sgn is Real.sign, with sgn(0)=0\mathrm{sgn}(0)=0sgn(0)=0.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. The robust objective is defined as the supremum over U\mathcal UU, never by its closed form ∥b−Ax∥2+∑ici∣xi∣\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_i c_i|x_i|∥b−Ax∥2​+∑i​ci​∣xi​∣, which would make milestone 3 and the goal hold by definition; and no real sSup with junk value 000 is used, so the identities cannot hold vacuously.
  • Not in scope. The remark that (3) "recovers the well-known Lasso" (it has the unsquared loss), §II-B and Theorem 2 (probabilistic construction of the budgets), and the other sections of the paper, which are separate missions.
  • Infrastructure. Only Mathlib's inner-product-space and EReal order theory are needed. The squared-loss Lasso definitions already on the platform (XuMannorRobust.Lasso.*, LassoDantzig.*) are different objects and are not used. Contributions are welcome on each milestone independently; a proof of the per-xxx identity for an arbitrary norm on Rn\mathbb R^nRn would also serve Theorem 3 of the paper.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, Robust Regression and Lasso, arXiv:0811.1790v1, 2008; IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 56(7):3561–3574, 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0811.1790v1, https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2010.2048503
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 58(1):267–288, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • S. S. Chen, D. L. Donoho, M. A. Saunders, Atomic decomposition by basis pursuit, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 20(1):33–61, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1064827596304010
  • L. El Ghaoui, H. Lebret, Robust solutions to least-squares problems with uncertain data, SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl. 18(4):1035–1064, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895479896298130
  • J. Blanchet, Y. Kang, K. Murthy, Robust Wasserstein profile inference and applications to machine learning, J. Appl. Probab. 56(3):830–857, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1017/jpr.2019.49
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 2: Under a Mean Set and a Known Covariance, the Bound π² Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operations models contain terms of the form EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+): expected shortfall or overflow of an affine function of an uncertain vector. Inventory and newsvendor costs, penalties for violated soft constraints, and the Conditional Value-at-Risk of a linear decision rule all reduce to it. In practice the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertainty is rarely known; what is known are a few descriptive statistics, such as a range for the mean and an estimate of the covariance. Distributionally robust optimization then replaces the expectation by its supremum over every distribution consistent with that information.

The question goes back to Scarf (1958), who solved a single-product newsvendor problem against the worst distribution with known mean μ\muμ and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2, using the fact that sup⁡E(X+)=12(μ+μ2+σ2)\sup E(X^+) = \tfrac12\big(\mu + \sqrt{\mu^2 + \sigma^2}\big)supE(X+)=21​(μ+μ2+σ2​) over such laws; Gallego and Moon (1993) simplified the argument. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) obtained conic representations of worst-case Value-at-Risk under mean and covariance information, and Delage and Ye (2010) studied stochastic programs with uncertain mean and covariance. Goh and Sim (2010) use bounds of this kind inside a general framework for linear optimization under uncertainty with recourse: after a piecewise-linear decision rule is introduced, every expectation in the reformulated problem is of the form above, and the framework needs a tractable, ideally exact, value for its worst case. Section 5.2 of the paper provides it when the information consists of a set containing the mean and the exact covariance.

Setting

A primitive uncertainty z~∈RN\tilde z \in \mathbb R^{N}z~∈RN is represented through a segregated uncertainty ζ~∈RNE\tilde\zeta \in \mathbb R^{N_E}ζ~​∈RNE​, NE≥NN_E \ge NNE​≥N, and a fixed matrix F∈RN×NEF \in \mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​ and vector g∈RNg \in \mathbb R^{N}g∈RN with z~=Fζ~+g\tilde z = F\tilde\zeta + gz~=Fζ~​+g (equation (9) of the paper). The paper notes that FFF has full row rank. Write n=NEn = N_En=NE​.

The distributional information is:

  • a set V^⊆Rn\hat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^{n}V^⊆Rn known to contain the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​) (the mean is uncertain, its "support" is V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^);
  • the exact covariance Σ∈RN×N\Sigma \in \mathbb R^{N \times N}Σ∈RN×N of the primitive vector z~\tilde zz~.

The family is

F2={P: ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}.\mathbb F_2 = \Big\{\mathbb P :\ \hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}\big(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F'\big) = \Sigma\Big\}.F2​={P: ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.

For r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^{n}r∈Rn the worst-case expected positive part is sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)supP∈F2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), and the bound of (22) is

π2(r0,r)=inf⁡y: F′y=r sup⁡ζ^∈V^{12(r0+r′ζ^)+12(r0+r′ζ^)2+y′Σy}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{y:\, F'y = r}\ \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} \Big\{ \tfrac12 (r^0 + r'\hat\zeta) + \tfrac12 \sqrt{(r^0 + r'\hat\zeta)^2 + y'\Sigma y} \Big\}.π2(r0,r)=y:F′y=rinf​ ζ^​∈V^sup​{21​(r0+r′ζ^​)+21​(r0+r′ζ^​)2+y′Σy​}.

Following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞; all values are in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 910)

For FFF of full row rank, Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite and V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty,

sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^2(r^0, r) \qquad \text{for all } r^0, r.P∈F2​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.

This is an exact identity; it contains no constants that later work could improve.

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 2: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^2(r^0, r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r), with no hypotheses.
  2. Remark after Theorem 2: for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0, f(u)=12u+12u2+y′Σyf(u) = \tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y}f(u)=21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​ is nondecreasing in uuu.
  3. (23): for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and V^≠∅\hat{\mathcal V} \neq \emptysetV^=∅,
π2(r0,r)=inf⁡u, y{12u+12u2+y′Σy: r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^≤u, F′y=r}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{u,\, y}\Big\{\tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y} :\ r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zeta \le u,\ F'y = r\Big\}.π2(r0,r)=u,yinf​{21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​: r0+ζ^​∈V^sup​r′ζ^​≤u, F′y=r}.
  1. Tightness part of Theorem 2: π2(r0,r)≤sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^2(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π2(r0,r)≤supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) under the goal's hypotheses.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the deterministic problem (22) evaluates the worst case exactly, not merely bounds it. Through (23) it becomes a second-order cone program whenever V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is conic representable, so distributionally robust constraints and objectives with mean–covariance information can be handed to an off-the-shelf conic solver without loss. In the paper, π2\pi^2π2 is one of three building blocks (with the mean–support bound π1\pi^1π1 and the directional-deviation bound π3\pi^3π3) that are combined by infimal convolution into the unified bound of Theorem 4, which in turn prices the deflected linear decision rules of §6. Specialized to N=nN = nN=n, F=IF = IF=I and a singleton mean set, it recovers Scarf's mean–variance bound.

The theorem is proved in the paper's online appendix; no machine-checked proof of it, nor of Scarf's bound in this multivariate form, is known to exist. A formalization would certify the exact value, including the cases the printed statement treats only implicitly: rrr outside the range of F′F'F′ (both sides +∞+\infty+∞), a degenerate quadratic form y′Σy=0y'\Sigma y = 0y′Σy=0, and unbounded mean sets.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a moment inequality and is the easier half. The difficulty is tightness. The supremum over F2\mathbb F_2F2​ is in general not attained, so the proof must exhibit, for every point of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^, distributions on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn that meet the full covariance constraint on Fζ~F\tilde\zetaFζ~​ exactly while driving the expected positive part of the single linear functional r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​ to the bound. The constraint fixes N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2 second moments, not just the variance of r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​, so the scalar extremal laws behind Scarf's bound do not directly give members of F2\mathbb F_2F2​. The case F′y=rF'y = rF′y=r infeasible requires showing that the worst case is +∞+\infty+∞, i.e. that F2\mathbb F_2F2​ contains distributions with arbitrarily large expectations; this is where the full-rank assumption on FFF enters.

Formalization scope

The random vector is the identity on Fin n → ℝ and a distribution is a measure P on it. The mean, the covariance matrix and the finite-second-moment condition come from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting (meanVec, covMat, HasSecondMoments). The covariance condition is F CovP(ζ~) F′=ΣF\,\mathrm{Cov}_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)\,F' = \SigmaFCovP​(ζ~​)F′=Σ, which equals the paper's EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F')EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′) by linearity; it constrains the covariance of the primitive vector, an N×NN \times NN×N matrix, not the covariance of ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. The positive part is max · 0. The worst case and π2\pi^2π2 take values in EReal: an infimum over an empty set is +∞+\infty+∞ and a supremum over an empty set is −∞-\infty−∞, matching the paper's convention for infeasible problems. The paper's "inf" and "sup" are not claimed to be attained.

Readings fixed by this mission, each implicit in the paper:

  • Full row rank of FFF (p. 906, "F has to be full rank"), stated as surjectivity of x↦Fxx \mapsto Fxx↦Fx;
  • Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite, as a covariance matrix must be;
  • V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty.

Each is needed for the equality: without it F2\mathbb F_2F2​ can be empty (worst case −∞-\infty−∞) while π2\pi^2π2 is finite or +∞+\infty+∞. No convexity or closedness of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is assumed; the theorem does not need it. A formalization that takes the infimum in R\mathbb RR (where an empty infimum is 000) or states only the inequality ≤\le≤ would trivialize or weaken the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for E(X+)E(X^+)E(X+), constructions of multivariate distributions with a prescribed mean and covariance (Gaussian or finitely supported laws), and the monotonicity and continuity facts behind (23). The scalar inequality and the constructions of distributions with given first two moments are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas on moment-constrained families, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4), 902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow (ed.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 201–209, 1958.
  • G. Gallego and I. Moon, The distribution free newsboy problem: Review and extensions, Journal of the Operational Research Society 44(8), 825–834, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1057/jors.1993.141
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks and F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: A conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4), 543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3), 595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun and J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Operations Research 56(2), 344–357, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling III: Optimal Nonpreemptive Schedules Are Within 3 of Preemptive Ones for R | rᵢⱼ | Σ wⱼCⱼ, Within 2 Without Release DatesResearch Paper

Motivation

In machine scheduling, preemption means that a job may be interrupted and resumed later, possibly on a different machine. Allowing it can only lower the optimal cost, and a basic question for every scheduling model is how much it can lower it: the ratio between the best nonpreemptive and the best preemptive schedule, often called the power of preemption. For identical parallel machines and the total weighted completion time, McNaughton (1959) showed that preemption does not help at all (doi:10.1287/mnsc.6.1.1). For unrelated machines, where every job has its own processing time on every machine, and with release dates, it does help, and no exact relation is known.

Skutella's paper (J. ACM 48 (2001), doi:10.1145/375827.375840) gives approximation algorithms for unrelated-machine scheduling based on convex quadratic programming relaxations. Its §4 adapts the relaxation of §3 to preemptive schedules and rounds it to a nonpreemptive schedule. A by-product is a constant bound on the power of preemption for R∣rij∣∑wjCjR\mid r_{ij}\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣rij​∣∑wj​Cj​: the factor 333, and 222 without release dates. This mission formalizes that bound together with the steps of §4 that produce it.

Setting

There are nnn jobs jjj and mmm unrelated machines iii. Job jjj has a weight wj≥0w_j\ge0wj​≥0, and on machine iii a processing time pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0 and a release date rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 before which it may not be processed there.

A preemptive schedule is a finite list of pieces: job jjj runs on machine iii during [s,e][s,e][s,e]. Running job jjj for ℓ\ellℓ time units on machine iii completes the fraction ℓ/pij\ell/p_{ij}ℓ/pij​ of it. A schedule is feasible if every piece of jjj on iii starts no earlier than rijr_{ij}rij​, two pieces on the same machine never overlap, two pieces of the same job never overlap, and the fractions of every job add up to exactly 111. The completion time CjC_jCj​ is the end of the last piece of jjj, and the objective is ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​. A schedule is nonpreemptive if every job consists of a single piece.

Smith's order ≺i\prec_i≺i​ on machine iii orders the jobs by nonincreasing ratio wj/pijw_j/p_{ij}wj​/pij​, ties broken by index. On each machine the release dates sorted nondecreasingly are ρi1≤⋯≤ρin\rho_{i_1}\le\dots\le\rho_{i_n}ρi1​​≤⋯≤ρin​​, with ρin+1:=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}}:=\inftyρin+1​​:=∞, and the time slot iki_kik​ is [ρik,ρik+1)[\rho_{i_k},\rho_{i_{k+1}})[ρik​​,ρik+1​​). For a preemptive schedule, aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​ is the fraction of job jjj processed on machine iii inside slot iki_kik​. The convex quadratic program (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) asks for a≥0a\ge0a≥0 and ZZZ with ∑i,kaikj=1\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}=1∑i,k​aik​j​=1, slot capacities ∑jaikjpij≤ρik+1−ρik\sum_j a_{i_kj}p_{ij}\le\rho_{i_{k+1}}-\rho_{i_k}∑j​aik​j​pij​≤ρik+1​​−ρik​​, aikj=0a_{i_kj}=0aik​j​=0 when ρik<rij\rho_{i_k}<r_{ij}ρik​​<rij​, and

Z ≥ ∑jwj∑i,kaikj(ρik+aikj2pij+∑j′≺ijaikj′pij′),Z ≥ ∑jwj∑i,kaikjpij.Z\ \ge\ \sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}\Bigl(\rho_{i_k}+\frac{a_{i_kj}}{2}p_{ij}+\sum_{j'\prec_ij}a_{i_kj'}p_{ij'}\Bigr),\qquad Z\ \ge\ \sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}p_{ij}.Z ≥ j∑​wj​i,k∑​aik​j​(ρik​​+2aik​j​​pij​+j′≺i​j∑​aik​j′​pij′​),Z ≥ j∑​wj​i,k∑​aik​j​pij​.

Randomized rounding puts job jjj into slot iki_kik​ with probability aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​, pairwise independently over jobs, and schedules each slot's jobs back to back in Smith's order from the slot's start.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.6, the power of preemption

For every feasible preemptive schedule PPP there is a feasible nonpreemptive schedule SSS with

∑jwjCj(S) ≤ 3∑jwjCj(P),\sum_j w_jC_j(S)\ \le\ 3\sum_j w_jC_j(P),j∑​wj​Cj​(S) ≤ 3j∑​wj​Cj​(P),

and if all rij=0r_{ij}=0rij​=0, one with ∑jwjCj(S)≤2∑jwjCj(P)\sum_j w_jC_j(S)\le 2\sum_j w_jC_j(P)∑j​wj​Cj​(S)≤2∑j​wj​Cj​(P). This is the paper's ratio of optima, stated so that no existence of optimal schedules is needed.

Milestones

  1. (24): ∑jwjCj≥∑jwj∑i,kaikjpij\sum_j w_jC_j\ge\sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}p_{ij}∑j​wj​Cj​≥∑j​wj​∑i,k​aik​j​pij​ for every preemptive schedule.
  2. Exchange inequality (proof of Lemma 4.2): inside one slot, Smith's order minimizes ∑jajwj∑j′ before jaj′pij′\sum_j a_jw_j\sum_{j'\text{ before }j}a_{j'}p_{ij'}∑j​aj​wj​∑j′ before j​aj′​pij′​ over all orders.
  3. (25): the bound (23) with ≺i\prec_i≺i​ replaced by the order of completion times in the schedule.
  4. Lemma 4.2: every preemptive schedule satisfies (23) and (24).
  5. (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) is a relaxation: the fractions of every preemptive schedule, with Z=∑jwjCjZ=\sum_j w_jC_jZ=∑j​wj​Cj​, are feasible.
  6. Lemma 4.3: rounding any feasible (aˉ,Z)(\bar a,Z)(aˉ,Z) yields feasible nonpreemptive schedules with E[∑jwjCj]≤3Z\mathbb E[\sum_j w_jC_j]\le 3ZE[∑j​wj​Cj​]≤3Z, and ≤2Z\le 2Z≤2Z when all release dates are 000.

Significance

The result gives a constant bound on how much preemption can help on unrelated machines with release dates, a model in which both the preemptive and the nonpreemptive problems are NP-hard (for the preemptive problem even without weights and release dates, by Sitters, J. Algorithms 57 (2005), doi:10.1016/j.jalgor.2004.06.011). The bound comes from an algorithm: a single relaxation that is valid for preemptive schedules, rounded to a nonpreemptive one. The same rounding is a randomized 333-approximation for R∣rij,pmtn∣∑wjCjR\mid r_{ij},pmtn\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣rij​,pmtn∣∑wj​Cj​ and a 222-approximation for R∣pmtn∣∑wjCjR\mid pmtn\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣pmtn∣∑wj​Cj​ (Theorem 4.5), and since it never preempts, these bounds hold under any communication delays between machines.

The paper proves all of this on paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of it is formalized: the only formal preemption result found is McNaughton's theorem for identical machines. The mission produces a machine-checked model of preemptive schedules on unrelated machines with release dates, a checked lower bound on such schedules by a convex quadratic function of their slot fractions, and a checked analysis of pairwise-independent rounding into nonpreemptive schedules.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to reuse the nonpreemptive relaxation (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) of §3, which already allows fractional assignments. It fails. Example 4.1 of the paper gives two jobs on two machines where an optimal preemptive schedule costs 777 but the corresponding (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) value is 7.257.257.25, so (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) is not a relaxation of the preemptive problem. The relaxation must be weakened: the term (1+aikj)/2(1+a_{i_kj})/2(1+aik​j​)/2 of §3 becomes aikj/2a_{i_kj}/2aik​j​/2, and this weakening is what raises the factor from 222 to 333.

Proving that the weaker program is a relaxation (Lemma 4.2) takes real work. The fractions of a job inside a slot of an arbitrary preemptive schedule are scattered, so the bound needs a rearrangement inside each slot by completion times, then an exchange argument that compares this order with Smith's order slot by slot. On the rounding side, Lemma 4.3 reduces to the analysis of §3 (each job's expected completion time is at most twice its value in the relaxation) and, without release dates, to Theorem 2.1 of §2. Both have to be redone here on the slot model.

Formalization scope

Jobs, machines and slots are Fin n, Fin m, Fin n (0-based). The standing assumptions pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0, wj≥0w_j\ge0wj​≥0, rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 of p. 2 are hypotheses of every theorem. Smith's order is cross-multiplied (wjpik>wkpijw_jp_{ik}>w_kp_{ij}wj​pik​>wk​pij​), equivalent to the ratio form because p>0p>0p>0. Sorted release dates come from Tuple.sort. The last slot of each machine has no right end, so ρin+1=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}}=\inftyρin+1​​=∞ is never a real number, and the slot capacity constraint is imposed only for slots with a successor. A preemptive schedule is a List of pieces with migration allowed and any number of pieces; nonpreemptive means one piece per job. Completion time is the latest end time among a job's pieces.

Added constraint. The display of (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) on p. 22 omits the condition aikj=0a_{i_kj}=0aik​j​=0 if ρik<rij\rho_{i_k}<r_{ij}ρik​​<rij​ (constraint (18) of §3). Without it the rounding can place a job in a slot that opens before its release date, and "computes a nonpreemptive schedule" in Lemma 4.3 fails. It is included here. The fractions of every feasible preemptive schedule satisfy it, so the program remains a relaxation.

Randomized rounding is a probability weight on the finite set of slot assignments with marginals aˉ\bar aaˉ and pairwise products aˉaˉ′\bar a\bar a'aˉaˉ′. Pairwise independence is required, full independence is not, and the expectation is a finite sum. "Without nontrivial release dates" is read as rij=0r_{ij}=0rij​=0 for all i,ji,ji,j. Communication delays are not modelled: without them the preemptive class is the largest, so the goal implies the bound for every delay model.

Not formalized: polynomial running time, solving (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) within an additive error ε\varepsilonε, derandomization by conditional probabilities (Theorem 4.5), and Corollary 4.4.

The goal is not trivial. Feasible preemptive schedules exist and are not vacuous, since each job's fractions must sum to 111 and no machine runs two pieces at once. The nonpreemptive schedule is required to be feasible in the same model, and its value is compared with the given schedule's real objective, not with a relaxation value.

A complete development needs: the slot schedule (15)–(17) and its feasibility, the bound E[Cj]≤2Cˉj\mathbb E[C_j]\le2\bar C_jE[Cj​]≤2Cˉj​ of §3 (Lemma 3.5) and Theorem 2.1 of §2, both restated on this slot model, and a product-measure argument showing that pairwise-independent rounding exists. The preemptive-schedule model and the slot machinery are reusable for other unrelated-machine results. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of Lemma 4.2.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, J. ACM 48(2) (2001) 206–242. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3 (1956) 59–66. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • R. McNaughton, Scheduling with deadlines and loss functions, Management Science 6(1) (1959) 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.1.1
  • A. S. Schulz and M. Skutella, Scheduling unrelated machines by randomized rounding, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 15(4) (2002) 450–469. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199357078
  • R. Sitters, Complexity of preemptive minsum scheduling on unrelated parallel machines, J. Algorithms 57(1) (2005) 37–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jalgor.2004.06.011
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 3: With Finitely Many Agents Splitting Their Flow and x·ℓₑ(x) Convex, a Nash Flow Costs No More Than Any Flow Feasible for Twice the RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network, traffic is routed by its users, not by a central planner. Each user picks the route that is cheapest for itself, and the resulting equilibrium can be much more expensive for the network as a whole than the best centrally planned routing. Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM 2002), quantified this loss. Their basic model is nonatomic: infinitely many users, each controlling a negligible amount of traffic. There, the cost of a Nash flow can exceed the optimum by an unbounded factor, but it never exceeds the cost of an optimal flow that routes twice as much traffic (their Theorem 3.1).

Many networks are not like that. A few large operators (internet service providers, freight companies, a navigation app routing its whole user base) each control a strictly positive share of the traffic and can split it over many paths. Section 5.2 of the paper treats this finite splittable model and proves the analogue of the bicriteria bound, Theorem 5.4. This mission formalizes that theorem and the three steps of its proof.

Setting

A network has a finite set EEE of edges. Each edge eee carries a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞): the delay on eee when xxx units of flow use it is ℓe(x)\ell_e(x)ℓe​(x).

There are kkk agents. Agent iii must send ri>0r_i>0ri​>0 units of flow from a source sis_isi​ to a destination tit_iti​, over its set Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ of paths. Distinct agents may have the same source and destination; their path sets are then separate copies. A flow fff assigns a nonnegative amount fPf_PfP​ to each path; agent iii's part is f(i)f^{(i)}f(i), the restriction of fff to Pi\mathcal P_iPi​. The flow is feasible for the rates rrr if ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i} f_P = r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for every iii, and feasible for 2r2r2r if each agent instead sends 2ri2r_i2ri​.

The edge flow fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e} f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ is the flow of all agents through eee. The latency of a path is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​), and

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP,Ci(f)=∑P∈PiℓP(f) fP(i)C(f)=\sum_P \ell_P(f)\,f_P,\qquad C_i(f)=\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}\ell_P(f)\,f^{(i)}_PC(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​,Ci​(f)=P∈Pi​∑​ℓP​(f)fP(i)​

are the cost of the flow (its total latency) and the cost of agent iii. A feasible flow fff is at Nash equilibrium if no agent can lower its own cost by rerouting its own flow: for each iii, f(i)f^{(i)}f(i) minimizes CiC_iCi​ given f(j)f^{(j)}f(j) for j≠ij\neq ij=i.

In Lean, edges, paths and agents are Fin J, Fin R and Fin Sd; a path is a 0/10/10/1 incidence column A j r, s r is the agent owning path r, and rate i is rir_iri​. The edge flow linkFlow and the feasible set wardropFeasible come from the published definition KellyStochasticNetworks_Wardrop; pathLatency, cost and the modified latencies barLatency come from the series' shared model definitions (SelfishRouting.Bicriteria), and agentCost and IsSplittableNash are defined in this mission.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4 (p. 20)

If x⋅ℓe(x)x\cdot\ell_e(x)x⋅ℓe​(x) is convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) for every edge, fff is at Nash equilibrium for the finite splittable instance (G,r,ℓ)(G,r,\ell)(G,r,ℓ), and f∗f^*f∗ is feasible for (G,2r,ℓ)(G,2r,\ell)(G,2r,ℓ), then

C(f)≤C(f∗).C(f)\le C(f^*).C(f)≤C(f∗).

The comparison flow f∗f^*f∗ is arbitrary, so the statement implies the bound against an optimal flow for 2r2r2r without naming one.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 5.4, p. 20)

The proof uses the modified latencies ℓˉe(x)=ℓe(fe)\bar\ell_e(x)=\ell_e(f_e)ℓˉe​(x)=ℓe​(fe​) for x≤fex\le f_ex≤fe​ and ℓˉe(x)=ℓe(x)\bar\ell_e(x)=\ell_e(x)ℓˉe​(x)=ℓe​(x) for x≥fex\ge f_ex≥fe​, built from the Nash flow fff (p. 12). Writing Cˉ(g)=∑PℓˉP(g)gP\bar C(g)=\sum_P\bar\ell_P(g)g_PCˉ(g)=∑P​ℓˉP​(g)gP​:

  1. Cˉ(f∗)−C(f∗)≤C(f)\bar C(f^*) - C(f^*)\le C(f)Cˉ(f∗)−C(f∗)≤C(f) for any flows with nonnegative path flows;
  2. fff is optimal for (G,r,ℓˉ)(G,r,\bar\ell)(G,r,ℓˉ): Cˉ(f)≤Cˉ(g)\bar C(f)\le\bar C(g)Cˉ(f)≤Cˉ(g) for every ggg feasible for rrr;
  3. every ggg feasible for 2r2r2r has Cˉ(g)≥2C(f)\bar C(g)\ge 2C(f)Cˉ(g)≥2C(f).

Significance

Theorem 5.4 says that in a network shared by finitely many traffic-splitting operators, the inefficiency of selfish routing can always be offset by doubling the network's capacity to carry traffic, whatever the network topology and whatever the (convexity-qualified) delay functions. Theorem 3.1 is its limit as the number of agents grows and each share shrinks to zero. The finite splittable model is the setting of later work on atomic splittable routing games and their price of anarchy, which this mission's definitions can serve.

On the formalization side, the result is proved on paper but, as far as a search of the platform and of Mathlib shows, no part of selfish-routing equilibrium theory with finitely many agents has been formalized. The mission provides a reusable encoding of the finite splittable model (per-agent costs, per-agent best responses with all other agents fixed) on top of the published Wardrop definitions, and the three proof steps as separately provable milestones. Milestone 2 is the one with independent content: it turns a game-theoretic equilibrium into the optimum of a convex program.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt copies the proof of Theorem 3.1. That proof uses the nonatomic equilibrium condition: every used path of a commodity has the same, minimal latency Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f), so ℓˉP(g)≥Li(f)\bar\ell_P(g)\ge L_i(f)ℓˉP​(g)≥Li​(f) for every path and the lower bound Cˉ(g)≥2C(f)\bar C(g)\ge 2C(f)Cˉ(g)≥2C(f) follows path by path. In the finite splittable model this fails: an agent at equilibrium balances marginal costs ℓP(f)+fP(i)⋅(slope)\ell_P(f)+f^{(i)}_P\cdot(\text{slope})ℓP​(f)+fP(i)​⋅(slope), not latencies, and its used paths can have different latencies. The proof must go through the optimality of fff for the modified program (G,r,ℓˉ)(G,r,\bar\ell)(G,r,ℓˉ), and that needs both the convexity of x⋅ℓe(x)x\cdot\ell_e(x)x⋅ℓe​(x) and a comparison between the change of agent iii's cost and the change of the ℓˉ\bar\ellℓˉ-cost under the same local move. The paper invokes a first-order optimality lemma (its Lemma 2.4) for ℓˉ\bar\ellℓˉ, which is not differentiable at fef_efe​; a formal proof has to handle one-sided derivatives or argue by convexity directly.

Formalization scope

  • Routes, not graphs. Paths are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns with an owner map; the paper's simple-path families are one instance. The proof never uses graph structure. Two agents with the same source and destination have disjoint index sets of routes.
  • Latency hypotheses on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only: 0 ≤ ℓ j t for 0 ≤ t, MonotoneOn and ContinuousOn on Set.Ici 0, and ConvexOn ℝ (Set.Ici 0) (fun t => t * ℓ j t). Continuity replaces the differentiability of §2.1, as footnote 3 (p. 7) and §5.2 allow; this weakens a hypothesis.
  • Rates are positive (0 < rate i). The case of zero agents is allowed and trivial, as in the paper.
  • Nash equilibrium is the precise form printed on p. 19: each agent's part minimizes its cost among feasible flows that agree with fff on every other agent's paths. A deviating agent keeps its total at rir_iri​ and cannot change others' flows; the agent's cost is evaluated at the total edge flow of all agents.
  • No ratios. The theorem is the inequality C(f)≤C(f∗)C(f)\le C(f^*)C(f)≤C(f∗) for every f∗f^*f∗ feasible for 2r2r2r; no division by an optimal cost appears.
  • Feasible for 2r2r2r is wardropFeasible s (fun i => 2 * rate i).
  • The existence of a Nash flow (Rosen) is neither assumed nor claimed. A sorry-free check shows the definition is satisfiable: in the two-link Pigou network with one agent of rate 1 and latencies 111 and xxx, the flow (1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2) is a Nash flow.
  • A trivializing formalization is excluded: the equilibrium is not the Wardrop condition, deviations are restricted to the deviating agent's own feasible flows, and the theorem quantifies over every feasible comparison flow rather than over an assumed optimum.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and the goal; a general lemma that a feasible flow minimizing a convex separable edge cost has no improving two-path move, and its converse; a proof that x↦ℓˉe(x) xx\mapsto\bar\ell_e(x)\,xx↦ℓˉe​(x)x is convex when x ℓe(x)x\,\ell_e(x)xℓe​(x) is.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, Journal of the ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • J. B. Rosen, Existence and Uniqueness of Equilibrium Points for Concave N-Person Games, Econometrica 33(3):520–534, 1965. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911749
  • F. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 4: With Polynomial Latencies of Degree p and Nonnegative Coefficients the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most p + 1 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network carrying a large population of users, each user picks a route that is fastest for itself given the congestion caused by everyone else. The resulting traffic pattern, a Wardrop or Nash equilibrium, need not minimize the total travel time: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user slower. Transportation science has modelled such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956), and the question of how much efficiency selfish behaviour costs was posed in computer science by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999).

Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM, 2002) gave the first general answers for networks with many infinitesimal users. This mission formalizes the first of them, from §2.5 of the paper: when every edge latency is a polynomial of degree at most ppp with nonnegative coefficients, the total latency at equilibrium is at most p+1p+1p+1 times the optimum. The argument goes through the convex program of Beckmann et al., whose optimal solutions are exactly the equilibria (Dafermos and Sparrow, 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Wardrop states the equilibrium principle. 1956: Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten characterize equilibria as minimizers of a convex potential and prove existence. 1969: Dafermos and Sparrow reprove existence and essential uniqueness for general networks. 1999: Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou introduce the worst-case ratio between equilibrium and optimum. 2000–2002: Roughgarden and Tardos prove the bounds p+1p+1p+1 for polynomials (Corollary 2.8) and 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies. 2002–2003: Roughgarden shows the worst ratio for degree-ppp polynomials is Θ(p/ln⁡p)\Theta(p/\ln p)Θ(p/lnp), attained already on two parallel links.

Setting

An instance consists of finitely many edges eee, finitely many commodities i∈{1,…,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}i∈{1,…,k} and finitely many routes PPP. Each route is a set of edges, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence matrix AAA (AeP=1A_{eP}=1AeP​=1 iff e∈Pe\in Pe∈P), and serves exactly one commodity; Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving commodity iii. Commodity iii has a rate ri>0r_i>0ri​>0.

A flow assigns a value fPf_PfP​ to each route. It induces the edge flows fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ and is feasible if fP≥0f_P\ge0fP​≥0 for all PPP and ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for all iii. Each edge has a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​) and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1) if moving any amount δ∈[0,fP1]\delta\in[0,f_{P_1}]δ∈[0,fP1​​] of commodity iii from a used route P1P_1P1​ to another route P2∈PiP_2\in\mathcal P_iP2​∈Pi​ leaves P2P_2P2​ at least as slow, after the move, as P1P_1P1​ was before. Lemma 2.2 shows that this is the Wardrop condition: every route that carries flow has minimum latency among the routes of its commodity.

The Beckmann potential of a flow is Φ(f)=∑e∫0feℓe(t) dt\Phi(f)=\sum_e\int_0^{f_e}\ell_e(t)\,dtΦ(f)=∑e​∫0fe​​ℓe​(t)dt, the objective of the program (NLP2) of the paper.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.8

For latencies ℓe(x)=∑i=0pae,ixi\ell_e(x)=\sum_{i=0}^{p}a_{e,i}x^iℓe​(x)=∑i=0p​ae,i​xi with p≥1p\ge1p≥1 an integer and ae,i≥0a_{e,i}\ge0ae,i​≥0, every flow fff at Nash equilibrium and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ satisfy

C(f)≤(p+1) C(f∗).C(f)\le(p+1)\,C(f^*).C(f)≤(p+1)C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le p+1ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1 written without division.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1)   ⟺  \iff⟺ the Wardrop condition.
  2. Proof of Lemma 2.6: the flows at Nash equilibrium are exactly the feasible minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ.
  3. Lemma 2.6: a Nash flow exists, and all Nash flows have the same cost.
  4. Corollary 2.7: if x ℓe(x)≤α∫0xℓe(t) dtx\,\ell_e(x)\le\alpha\int_0^x\ell_e(t)\,dtxℓe​(x)≤α∫0x​ℓe​(t)dt for every edge and every x>0x>0x>0, with α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, then
C(f)≤α C(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.C(f)\le\alpha\,C(f^*)\quad\text{for every Nash flow } f \text{ and feasible } f^* .C(f)≤αC(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.

Significance

The result. Corollary 2.8 was, according to the authors, the first bound of its kind for polynomial latencies (p. 11). It shows that for the latency functions used in practice (the Bureau of Public Roads function ℓ(x)=a+bx4\ell(x)=a+bx^4ℓ(x)=a+bx4 has p=4p=4p=4) uncoordinated routing loses at most a bounded factor, independent of the network size, the number of commodities and the rates. Corollary 2.7 isolates the mechanism: a single scalar property of each latency function, how far the cost xℓ(x)x\ell(x)xℓ(x) can exceed the potential ∫0xℓ\int_0^x\ell∫0x​ℓ, controls the efficiency loss of the whole network.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (and the bound p+1p+1p+1 has since been sharpened); none of them is machine-checked on the platform. The mission produces a reusable Lean development of nonatomic selfish routing: Definition 2.1 in its deviation form, its equivalence with the Wardrop condition, the Beckmann characterization of equilibria with an honest integral potential, existence and cost-uniqueness of equilibria, and the potential-based efficiency bound. The same layer is used by the companion missions on the bicriteria bound and the 4/34/34/3 bound for linear latencies.

Difficulty

The bound itself is a short chain of inequalities once the equilibrium is known to minimize the potential Φ\PhiΦ. That step is the substance: it requires showing that the Wardrop condition is a first-order optimality condition of a convex program over the polytope of feasible flows, with latencies that are only continuous, so Φ\PhiΦ is differentiable but its derivative may have kinks. Passing from Definition 2.1 (finite deviations) to the Wardrop condition needs a limit δ→0\delta\to0δ→0, which fails without continuity of the latencies. Mathlib has no Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory for such programs, so the optimality characterization has to be built from first principles.

Formalization scope

  • Encoding. Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. Edge flows, feasibility, the Wardrop condition and the potential Φ\PhiΦ are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow, wardropFeasible, IsWardropEquilibrium and wardropObjective, reused unchanged.
  • Routes, not graphs. Routes are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns rather than the simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ paths of a graph, a generalization the paper's arguments never use. Two copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Definition 2.1 is read with P1≠P2P_1\ne P_2P1​=P2​ and fP1>0f_{P_1}>0fP1​​>0. As printed, P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ makes the condition fail for strictly increasing latencies, and fP1=0f_{P_1}=0fP1​​=0 forces unused routes to have the same latency as used ones; either reading would make Nash flows nonexistent in simple instances.
  • Latencies are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only. Continuity replaces the paper's differentiability, as its footnote 3 allows; it also makes ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ a genuine integral.
  • Rates are positive. In Lemma 2.6's existence part every commodity must be served by a route, the route-encoding meaning of "an instance".
  • No ratios. Every bound ρ≤c\rho\le cρ≤c is stated as C(f)≤c C(f∗)C(f)\le c\,C(f^*)C(f)≤cC(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗, which is what each proof shows and which avoids division by a zero cost.
  • Polynomials share one degree bound p≥1p\ge1p≥1; leading coefficients may vanish; coefficients are required nonnegative for i≤pi\le pi≤p.

A statement in which Nash flows cannot exist (the literal Definition 2.1), or in which ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ is the junk value of a non-integrable function, would make the goal vacuous; the guards above rule both out, and the sorry-free check that two small instances admit Nash flows confirms it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the first-order characterization of minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ over the feasible polytope, which is reusable for every potential game on flows.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, J. ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956 (RAND RM-1488). https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM1488.html
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards 73B(2):91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Part II, 1:325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Comput. System Sci. 67(2):341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
AlgebraAlgebraic GeometryConvex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 1: A Polynomial System Has No Real Solution if and only if Its Degree-d Positivstellensatz SDP Is Feasible for All Large dResearch Paper

Motivation

Deciding whether a system of real polynomial equations, inequations and inequalities has a solution is the basic feasibility question behind nonconvex quadratic programming, polynomial optimization, robustness analysis in control, and combinatorial relaxations. Over the complex numbers, Hilbert's Nullstellensatz turns infeasibility into an algebraic identity whose bounded-degree instances are found by linear algebra. Over the reals this fails: x2+1=0x^2+1=0x2+1=0 has no real solution, yet 111 is not in the ideal generated by x2+1x^2+1x2+1.

The real substitute is the Positivstellensatz of Stengle (Stengle 1974; see Bochnak–Coste–Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Theorem 4.4.2): a real polynomial system is infeasible exactly when an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 holds, with fff built from sums of squares and the inequality constraints, ggg a product of the inequation polynomials and hhh in the ideal of the equations. Parrilo (2003), building on his thesis (2000), observed that once the degrees are bounded, the search for such an identity is a semidefinite program (SDP), because a polynomial is a sum of squares exactly when it has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix. This yields a hierarchy of SDPs that is sound at every level and complete in the limit, and it is the origin of the sum-of-squares (SOS) method used throughout polynomial optimization.

Timeline:

  • 1974: Stengle proves the Positivstellensatz for semialgebraic sets over real closed fields.
  • 1995: Choi, Lam and Reznick analyze the Gram matrix method for sums of squares.
  • 2000–2003: Parrilo (thesis; Math. Program. Ser. B 96) formulates bounded-degree Positivstellensatz refutations as SDPs (Theorem 5.1); Lasserre (2001) develops the dual moment approach independently.

Setting

Write R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] for real polynomials in nnn variables. Fix three finite, possibly empty, families: f1,…,fsf_1,\dots,f_sf1​,…,fs​ (inequalities), g1,…,gtg_1,\dots,g_tg1​,…,gt​ (inequations), h1,…,huh_1,\dots,h_uh1​,…,hu​ (equations). They define the basic semialgebraic set

K={x∈Rn∣fj(x)≥0, gk(x)≠0, hℓ(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)K=\{x\in\mathbb R^n \mid f_j(x)\ge 0,\ g_k(x)\ne 0,\ h_\ell(x)=0\ \text{for all } j,k,\ell\}.\qquad(4.4)K={x∈Rn∣fj​(x)≥0, gk​(x)=0, hℓ​(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)

A cone of R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] is a subset closed under addition and multiplication that contains every square a2a^2a2; P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest cone containing SSS, and P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares. MMM is the multiplicative monoid generated by the gkg_kgk​ (with the empty product 111), and III is the ideal generated by the hℓh_\ellhℓ​.

For a degree bound DDD, let zzz be the vector of all monomials xαx^\alphaxα of total degree at most DDD; it has (n+DD)\binom{n+D}{D}(Dn+D​) entries. For a real matrix QQQ indexed by these monomials, the Gram polynomial is zTQz=∑α,βQαβxαxβz^TQz=\sum_{\alpha,\beta}Q_{\alpha\beta}x^\alpha x^\betazTQz=∑α,β​Qαβ​xαxβ.

The degree-ddd Positivstellensatz SDP SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: with G=∑kdeg⁡gkG=\sum_k\deg g_kG=∑k​deggk​ and N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1), find positive semidefinite matrices QTQ_TQT​ over the monomials of degree at most N(d)N(d)N(d), one for each T⊆{1,…,s}T\subseteq\{1,\dots,s\}T⊆{1,…,s}, and polynomials qℓq_\ellqℓ​ of degree at most 2N(d)2N(d)2N(d), such that

∑T(zTQTz)∏j∈Tfj+(∏k=1tgk2d)2+∑ℓ=1uqℓhℓ=0.\sum_{T}(z^TQ_Tz)\prod_{j\in T}f_j+\Big(\prod_{k=1}^t g_k^{2d}\Big)^2+\sum_{\ell=1}^u q_\ell h_\ell=0 .T∑​(zTQT​z)j∈T∏​fj​+(k=1∏t​gk2d​)2+ℓ=1∑u​qℓ​hℓ​=0.

Its unknowns are finitely many real numbers, the constraint is linear in them, and the matrices are constrained to be positive semidefinite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

(∀d, SDPd feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0 ∀d≥d0, SDPd feasible).\big(\forall d,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\Rightarrow K=\emptyset\big)\quad\text{and}\quad\big(K=\emptyset\Rightarrow\exists d_0\ \forall d\ge d_0,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\big).(∀d, SDPd​ feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0​ ∀d≥d0​, SDPd​ feasible).

The first half says every feasible point is a refutation; the second says the hierarchy is complete once the degree bound is large enough. No bound on d0d_0d0​ is asserted, matching the paper.

Milestones

  • Theorem 4.6, 2⇒12\Rightarrow12⇒1: an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 with f∈Pf\in Pf∈P, g∈Mg\in Mg∈M, h∈Ih\in Ih∈I forces K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅.
  • A positive semidefinite Gram matrix gives a sum of squares (§3.2).
  • Theorem 4.6, 1⇒21\Rightarrow21⇒2 (Stengle's Positivstellensatz): K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅ forces such an identity.
  • P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares and the smallest cone; the finite-generator form P(S)={p+∑iqibi}P(S)=\{p+\sum_i q_ib_i\}P(S)={p+∑i​qi​bi​}; the squarefree form ∑TpT∏j∈Tfj\sum_T p_T\prod_{j\in T}f_j∑T​pT​∏j∈T​fj​ of the cone used in the proof of Theorem 5.1.
  • A sum of squares of degree at most 2d2d2d has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix over the monomials of degree at most ddd; Theorem 3.3 combining both directions with the size (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​); the count (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​) of the monomial vector.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 is the statement that makes Positivstellensatz certificates computable: it converts an existence theorem of real algebraic geometry into a sequence of convex feasibility problems, each solvable by interior-point methods, and any solution is an exact proof of infeasibility. Lower bounds in polynomial optimization (Example 5.4), the copositivity tests of §7.5, SOS relaxations for MAX-CUT and stable sets, and Lyapunov-function searches in control are all instances of this scheme.

The paper proves only the soundness direction of the Positivstellensatz and cites the converse. A complete formal development therefore contains the first machine-checked statement chain from Stengle's theorem to the SDP hierarchy. To the best of current searches, neither Mathlib nor Prove2Me contains the real Positivstellensatz, the Gram matrix characterization of sums of squares, or the monomial count; Mathlib has sums of squares in rings (IsSumSq), positive semidefinite matrices, and the complex Nullstellensatz.

Difficulty

The soundness half is elementary. Completeness rests on Stengle's Positivstellensatz, whose standard proofs pass through real closed fields, orderings of rings and the Tarski–Seidenberg transfer principle, none of which is available in Mathlib in usable form. A tempting shortcut, proving completeness by reasoning only about R\mathbb RR-points, does not work: the certificate must be an algebraic identity, and points cannot produce it.

A second, smaller difficulty is degree bookkeeping. Each level of the hierarchy has a fixed shape (the exponent of the gkg_kgk​ and the degree of every multiplier are tied to ddd), while a certificate supplied by the Positivstellensatz has arbitrary degrees and exponents. A Gram representation also needs a degree bound on every square in a sum of squares, not only on the sum.

Formalization scope

  • Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; n,s,t,un,s,t,un,s,t,u are arbitrary natural numbers, including 000; the families are indexed by Fin s, Fin t, Fin u. The set (4.4) lives in Rn\mathbb R^nRn = Fin n → ℝ.
  • P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest set closed under +++, ⋅\cdot⋅ and containing all squares (Definition 4.5), an inductive predicate. Mathlib's RingPreordering is not used: it excludes −1-1−1, which an infeasible system's cone typically contains.
  • Sums of squares are IsSumSq; positive semidefiniteness is Matrix.PosSemidef (symmetric, which is the paper's Q∈SnQ\in\mathcal S^nQ∈Sn); MMM is Submonoid.closure, III is Ideal.span.
  • The meta-claim "the search … can be done using semidefinite programming" is the definition of SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: finitely many PSD Gram matrices indexed by a finite type of monomials, and ideal multipliers of bounded total degree. The degree choices (m=dm=dm=d in g=∏gk2mg=\prod g_k^{2m}g=∏gk2m​; multiplier degree d2=2d(2G+1)d_2=2d(2G+1)d2​=2d(2G+1)) fill the freedom the proof leaves and satisfy its printed bounds d2≥dd_2\ge dd2​≥d, d2≥deg⁡gd_2\ge\deg gd2​≥degg. "Large enough" is ∃d0 ∀d≥d0\exists d_0\,\forall d\ge d_0∃d0​∀d≥d0​.
  • A formalization without the degree bounds or with an infinite index type would make SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​ equivalent to Theorem 4.6 item 2 and is ruled out; so is a goal stated for a fixed nnn, for empty families only, or with soundness only at large ddd.
  • Needed infrastructure: Stengle's Positivstellensatz over R\mathbb RR (real closed field theory or a direct proof), the Gram matrix correspondence, and degree lemmas for sums of squares. The Positivstellensatz and the Gram correspondence are reusable far beyond this mission; contributions toward either are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • G. Stengle, A Nullstellensatz and a Positivstellensatz in semialgebraic geometry, Math. Ann. 207 (1974) 87–97. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01362149
  • J. Bochnak, M. Coste, M.-F. Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Springer, 1998, Theorem 4.4.2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-03718-8
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, B. Reznick, Sums of squares of real polynomials, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. 58 (1995) 103–126. https://doi.org/10.1090/pspum/058.2/1327293
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001) 796–817. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebraOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 2: A Feasible Solution of the SDPs (7.7) Certifies That M Is Copositive, and the Test Is at Least as Strong as M = P + NResearch Paper

Copositive matrices and why they need certificates

A real symmetric matrix is copositive when its quadratic form is nonnegative on the nonnegative orthant. Copositive matrices appear wherever a quadratic objective meets sign constraints: standard quadratic programs over the simplex, linear complementarity problems, and conic reformulations of combinatorial problems such as the stability number of a graph. Parrilo's §7.5 (Math. Program. 96 (2003) 293–320) gives an example: if CCC is copositive and Q−ATCA⪰γIQ - A^TCA \succeq \gamma IQ−ATCA⪰γI, then γ\gammaγ is a lower bound on min⁡{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}\min\{x^TQx : Ax \ge 0,\ x^Tx = 1\}min{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}.

Deciding copositivity is hard. Murty and Kabadi (Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129) showed that checking whether a given integer matrix is not copositive is NP-complete, so the exact tests based on principal minors take an exponential number of operations in the worst case. Efficiently checkable sufficient conditions are therefore what applications use.

Timeline:

  • 1962. Diananda (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58) studies the decomposition of a matrix as positive semidefinite plus elementwise nonnegative, condition (7.6) below, which is sufficient for copositivity and also necessary for n≤4n \le 4n≤4.
  • 1977. Choi and Lam (Math. Ann. 231) relate this decomposition to sums of squares of quartic forms (their Lemma 3.5).
  • 1987. Murty and Kabadi prove the NP-completeness result above.
  • 2000–2003. Parrilo's thesis and the 2003 paper introduce a hierarchy of semidefinite programming tests, one level per degree rrr, of which (7.6) is level 000; Theorem 7.7 makes level 111 explicit.
  • 2002. De Klerk and Pasechnik (SIAM J. Optim. 12) use this hierarchy to approximate the stability number of a graph.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0 and a real symmetric matrix M=(mij)∈Rn×nM = (m_{ij}) \in \mathbb R^{n\times n}M=(mij​)∈Rn×n. The matrix MMM is copositive if

xi≥0 for all i  ⟹  xTMx≥0.x_i \ge 0 \text{ for all } i \;\Longrightarrow\; x^T M x \ge 0 .xi​≥0 for all i⟹xTMx≥0.

For real variables z=(z1,…,zn)z = (z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) write z=[z12,…,zn2]T\mathbf z = [z_1^2, \dots, z_n^2]^Tz=[z12​,…,zn2​]T. Three polynomials in zzz are associated with MMM:

P(z):=zTMz=∑i,jmijzi2zj2,Pr(z)=(∑i=1nzi2)rP(z),P1(z):=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2.P(z) := \mathbf z^T M \mathbf z = \sum_{i,j} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2, \qquad P_r(z) = \Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^n z_i^2\Bigr)^r P(z), \qquad P_1(z) := \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2 z_k^2 .P(z):=zTMz=i,j∑​mij​zi2​zj2​,Pr​(z)=(i=1∑n​zi2​)rP(z),P1​(z):=i,j,k∑​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.

A form is positive semidefinite if it is nonnegative at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a polynomial is a sum of squares if it is a finite sum of squares of real polynomials. A matrix AAA satisfies A⪰0A \succeq 0A⪰0 if it is symmetric and xTAx≥0x^TAx \ge 0xTAx≥0 for all x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn.

The SDPs (7.7) ask for nnn symmetric matrices Λ1,…,Λn∈Sn\Lambda^1, \dots, \Lambda^n \in \mathcal S^nΛ1,…,Λn∈Sn, with entries Λjki=Λkji\Lambda^i_{jk} = \Lambda^i_{kj}Λjki​=Λkji​, such that

M−Λi⪰0,i=1,…,n,Λiii=0,i=1,…,n,Λjji+Λjij+Λijj=0,i≠j,Λjki+Λkij+Λijk≥0,i≠j≠k.\begin{aligned} M - \Lambda^i &\succeq 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{ii} &= 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{jj} + \Lambda^j_{ji} + \Lambda^j_{ij} &= 0, && i \ne j,\\ \Lambda^i_{jk} + \Lambda^j_{ki} + \Lambda^k_{ij} &\ge 0, && i \ne j \ne k . \end{aligned}M−ΛiΛiii​Λjji​+Λjij​+Λijj​Λjki​+Λkij​+Λijk​​⪰0,=0,=0,≥0,​​i=1,…,n,i=1,…,n,i=j,i=j=k.​

Condition (7.6) asks for a decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N with P⪰0P \succeq 0P⪰0 and nij≥0n_{ij} \ge 0nij​≥0 for all i,ji,ji,j.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.7

For every real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix MMM,

(7.7) feasible  ⟹  (P1(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)  ⟹  (7.7) feasible.\text{(7.7) feasible} \;\Longrightarrow\; \bigl(P_1(z) \ge 0 \ \ \forall z \in \mathbb R^n\bigr) \ \text{and}\ M \text{ copositive}, \qquad\text{and}\qquad \text{(7.6)} \;\Longrightarrow\; \text{(7.7) feasible}.(7.7) feasible⟹(P1​(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)⟹(7.7) feasible.

The second implication is the paper's "this test is at least as powerful as condition (7.6)".

Milestones (all from §7.5, pp. 317–318)

  1. P1=PrP_1 = P_rP1​=Pr​ at r=1r = 1r=1: (∑kzk2)P(z)=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2\bigl(\sum_k z_k^2\bigr)P(z) = \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2(∑k​zk2​)P(z)=∑i,j,k​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.
  2. If Pr(z)≥0P_r(z) \ge 0Pr​(z)≥0 for all zzz, then P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all zzz.
  3. MMM is copositive if and only if P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all z∈Rnz \in \mathbb R^nz∈Rn.
  4. P(z)P(z)P(z) is a sum of squares if and only if condition (7.6) holds.
  5. If PiP_iPi​ is a sum of squares, then so is Pi+1P_{i+1}Pi+1​.

Significance

Theorem 7.7 turns copositivity at level r=1r = 1r=1 into a single semidefinite feasibility problem whose size is polynomial in nnn: nnn symmetric n×nn \times nn×n matrices, nnn semidefinite constraints and O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) linear ones. Its second half says that nothing is lost against the classical test (7.6): every matrix certified by the decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N is also certified by (7.7). The milestones place the result inside the hierarchy: certificates at any level rrr certify copositivity (milestones 2 and 3), and the sum-of-squares tests become weakly stronger as rrr grows (milestone 5), with (7.6) equivalent to the test at level 000 (milestone 4). This hierarchy underlies later SDP approximations of the copositive cone and of the stability number of a graph.

The paper prints no proof of Theorem 7.7. These statements are proved results of the literature; none of them is formalized in Mathlib or, as far as a search of the platform shows, elsewhere in Lean. The mission produces machine-checked statements and proofs of the level-111 test and of the structural facts about the hierarchy, built on the platform's published definition of copositivity.

Difficulty

The first half of Theorem 7.7 requires seeing a feasible point of (7.7) as a certificate for the polynomial P1P_1P1​: the semidefinite constraints control quadratic expressions in z\mathbf zz, while the linear constraints on the entries of Λ\LambdaΛ must account for every monomial zi2zj2zk2z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2zi2​zj2​zk2​ of degree six, grouped by which indices coincide. The bookkeeping over the three index patterns (all equal, two equal, all distinct) and over the superscript/subscript roles of Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ is where a careless argument loses a term. The second half asks, for an arbitrary decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N, for a point satisfying all nnn semidefinite constraints and all the linear equalities and inequalities of (7.7) at once. The obvious first idea of testing M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0 fails: positive semidefiniteness is sufficient for copositivity but far from necessary, since every elementwise nonnegative matrix is copositive.

Formalization scope

  • MMM is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with a hypothesis M.IsSymm; nnn is arbitrary, including n=0n = 0n=0.
  • Copositivity is the published definition MurtyKabadi.Reduction.Copositive (Murty–Kabadi mission), xTMx≥0x^TMx \ge 0xTMx≥0 for every coordinatewise nonnegative xxx; it is not replaced by M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0.
  • PPP, PrP_rPr​ and P1P_1P1​ are elements of MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; P1P_1P1​ is defined by its own display, and its equality with PrP_rPr​ at r=1r = 1r=1 is a milestone.
  • "Positive semidefinite form" and "nonnegative" mean nonnegative evaluation at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; "sum of squares" is Mathlib's IsSumSq in the polynomial ring.
  • ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef. Λ\LambdaΛ is a family Fin n → Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, with Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ = Λ i j k; each Λi\Lambda^iΛi is required symmetric as on the page.
  • "i≠j≠ki \ne j \ne ki=j=k" is read as i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k pairwise distinct. Under the symmetry of the Λi\Lambda^iΛi and the third constraint, the extra constraints of the literal reading hold with equality, so both readings give the same feasible set.
  • "At least as powerful as condition (7.6)" is formalized as the implication (7.6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7.7) feasible.
  • The mission does not trivialize: the hypothesis of the goal is satisfiable (the identity matrix with Λ=0\Lambda = 0Λ=0 is feasible), the conclusion is copositivity on the orthant rather than a weaker or vacuous property, and the SDP is the paper's finite system with every constraint of (7.7) present.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on sums of squares in MvPolynomial (closure under multiplication, Gram-matrix representations of a quadratic form in monomials) and Gram-matrix arguments for forms that are even in every variable.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • K. G. Murty, S. N. Kabadi, Some NP-complete problems in quadratic and nonlinear programming, Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592948
  • P. H. Diananda, On non-negative forms in real variables some or all of which are non-negative, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58 (1962) 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036185
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, Extremal positive semidefinite forms, Math. Ann. 231 (1977) 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01360024
  • E. de Klerk, D. V. Pasechnik, Approximation of the stability number of a graph via copositive programming, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2002) 875–892. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383248
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution 3: Under Multivariate Normal Demand the Centralized Expected Profit Decreases in Every Demand CorrelationResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that carries several substitutable products (brands of the same good, sizes of the same item) faces demands that are linked in two ways: a customer who finds the first-choice product out of stock may buy another one, and the first-choice demands themselves are statistically dependent. Inventory planners routinely assume multivariate normal demand and need to know how the dependence between demands affects what the assortment earns. In the single-product newsvendor and in classical risk-pooling arguments, positive correlation is known to hurt; with substitution it is not obvious, because substitution is itself a form of pooling whose value depends on whether two products run out together.

Netessine and Rudi (SSRN 303779, 2002; journal version in Operations Research 51(2), 2003) settle the question for the centralized model with an arbitrary number of products: under multivariate normal demand, the retailer's expected profit decreases in every demand correlation. The authors note that this effect had been observed numerically by Rajaram and Tang (working paper, UCLA, 1999) and Ernst and Kouvelis (1999) but not proved. They prove the analogous statement for each firm in the competitive model with stocking quantities held fixed.

Setting

There are nnn products. Product iii is stocked in quantity Qi≥0Q_i\ge 0Qi​≥0 at unit cost cic_ici​, sold at price rir_iri​, and salvaged at value sis_isi​, with ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0. Write ui=ri−ciu_i=r_i-c_iui​=ri​−ci​ (underage cost) and oi=ci−sio_i=c_i-s_ioi​=ci​−si​ (overage cost). The substitution fraction aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1] is the share of the unmet demand for product iii that switches to product jjj; aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0 and ∑jaij<1\sum_j a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1.

The first-choice demand is a random vector D=(D1,…,Dn)D=(D_1,\dots,D_n)D=(D1​,…,Dn​). The effective demand of product iii, after substitution from the other products, is

Dis=Di+∑j≠iaji (Dj−Qj)+,x+=max⁡(0,x).D^s_i = D_i + \sum_{j\ne i} a_{ji}\,(D_j-Q_j)^+ ,\qquad x^+=\max(0,x).Dis​=Di​+j=i∑​aji​(Dj​−Qj​)+,x+=max(0,x).

For one realization, product kkk earns

πk(D)=ukDks−uk(Dks−Qk)+−ok(Qk−Dks)+,\pi_k(D) = u_kD^s_k - u_k(D^s_k-Q_k)^+ - o_k(Q_k-D^s_k)^+ ,πk​(D)=uk​Dks​−uk​(Dks​−Qk​)+−ok​(Qk​−Dks​)+,

and a single centralized company owning all products earns π(D)=∑kπk(D)\pi(D)=\sum_k\pi_k(D)π(D)=∑k​πk​(D). The expected profits are π(Q)=E π(D)\pi(Q)=\mathbb E\,\pi(D)π(Q)=Eπ(D) (the paper's equation (1)) and πk(Q)=E πk(D)\pi_k(Q)=\mathbb E\,\pi_k(D)πk​(Q)=Eπk​(D) (equation (9), the profit of firm kkk when each product is owned by a separate firm).

In this mission D∼N(m,Σ)D\sim N(m,\Sigma)D∼N(m,Σ) is multivariate normal with mean m∈Rnm\in\mathbb R^nm∈Rn and positive semidefinite covariance matrix Σ=(σij)\Sigma=(\sigma_{ij})Σ=(σij​). The correlation of products i≠ji\ne ji=j is ρij=σij/σiiσjj\rho_{ij}=\sigma_{ij}/\sqrt{\sigma_{ii}\sigma_{jj}}ρij​=σij​/σii​σjj​​. Raising ρij\rho_{ij}ρij​ means passing from Σ1\Sigma^1Σ1 to Σ2\Sigma^2Σ2 where σij2=σji2≥σij1=σji1\sigma^2_{ij}=\sigma^2_{ji}\ge\sigma^1_{ij}=\sigma^1_{ji}σij2​=σji2​≥σij1​=σji1​ and every other entry, in particular every variance, is unchanged.

A function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is supermodular if f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y)f(x)+f(y)\le f(x\vee y)+f(x\wedge y)f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y) for the componentwise maximum and minimum, and submodular if −f-f−f is supermodular. A random vector D1D^1D1 is smaller than D2D^2D2 in the supermodular order, D1≤smD2D^1\le_{sm}D^2D1≤sm​D2, if Ef(D1)≤Ef(D2)\mathbb Ef(D^1)\le\mathbb Ef(D^2)Ef(D1)≤Ef(D2) for every supermodular fff whose expectations exist.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 7)

For Σ2\Sigma^2Σ2 obtained from Σ1\Sigma^1Σ1 by raising one covariance σij\sigma_{ij}σij​, i≠ji\ne ji=j,

πΣ2(Q)≤πΣ1(Q)for every Q≥0,\pi^{\Sigma^2}(Q)\le\pi^{\Sigma^1}(Q)\quad\text{for every } Q\ge 0,πΣ2(Q)≤πΣ1(Q)for every Q≥0,

and, for every maximizer Q1Q^1Q1 of πΣ1\pi^{\Sigma^1}πΣ1 and every maximizer Q2Q^2Q2 of πΣ2\pi^{\Sigma^2}πΣ2 over Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0,

πΣ2(Q2)≤πΣ1(Q1).\pi^{\Sigma^2}(Q^2)\le\pi^{\Sigma^1}(Q^1).πΣ2(Q2)≤πΣ1(Q1).

These are the two readings of "stocking quantities held fixed or adjusted optimally".

Milestones

  1. The effective demand h(D)=Di+∑j≠iaji(Dj−Qj)+h(D)=D_i+\sum_{j\ne i}a_{ji}(D_j-Q_j)^+h(D)=Di​+∑j=i​aji​(Dj​−Qj​)+ is a valuation (both super- and submodular).
  2. D↦min⁡(h(D),Qi)D\mapsto\min(h(D),Q_i)D↦min(h(D),Qi​) is submodular.
  3. The realized profit π(D)=∑i[(ui+oi)min⁡(Dis,Qi)−oiQi]\pi(D)=\sum_i[(u_i+o_i)\min(D^s_i,Q_i)-o_iQ_i]π(D)=∑i​[(ui​+oi​)min(Dis​,Qi​)−oi​Qi​], and each πk(D)\pi_k(D)πk​(D), is submodular in DDD.
  4. (Müller and Scarsini, quoted on p. 7) If σii1=σii2\sigma^1_{ii}=\sigma^2_{ii}σii1​=σii2​ and σij1≤σij2\sigma^1_{ij}\le\sigma^2_{ij}σij1​≤σij2​ for all i,ji,ji,j, then
N(m,Σ1)≤smN(m,Σ2).N(m,\Sigma^1)\le_{sm}N(m,\Sigma^2).N(m,Σ1)≤sm​N(m,Σ2).
  1. (Proposition 5, p. 10) For every firm kkk and every fixed Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0, πkΣ2(Q)≤πkΣ1(Q)\pi_k^{\Sigma^2}(Q)\le\pi_k^{\Sigma^1}(Q)πkΣ2​(Q)≤πkΣ1​(Q).

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 says that, under normal demand, positive dependence between substitutable products is costly to the retailer whatever the substitution pattern, the number of products, and the cost parameters, and that re-optimizing the stocking levels cannot undo this. It turns an empirical regularity of numerical studies into a structural statement, and it gives a reason to prefer assortments of products whose demands are less correlated. Proposition 5 gives the same conclusion for each competing firm when stocking quantities are fixed; the paper does not claim it when firms re-optimize, since equilibrium quantities move in ways that need not favour every firm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, partly by citation: the comparison of normal laws in the supermodular order is a theorem of Müller and Scarsini that is quoted, not proved, there. No machine-checked version of that comparison is known on the platform: the existing Slepian and Sudakov–Fernique comparisons concern expected suprema and tail probabilities, not expectations of arbitrary supermodular functions. A formal proof of milestone 4 would therefore be reusable well beyond inventory theory, wherever supermodular functionals of Gaussian vectors are compared (portfolio risk, dependence orderings, stop-loss premiums).

Difficulty

The deterministic steps (milestones 1–3) are elementary lattice arguments. The difficulty is milestone 4. The natural route is Gaussian interpolation: connect the two laws through N(m,(1−t)Σ1+tΣ2)N(m,(1-t)\Sigma^1+t\Sigma^2)N(m,(1−t)Σ1+tΣ2) and differentiate Ef\mathbb EfEf in ttt. That argument needs fff twice differentiable with controlled growth, while the statement must hold for every supermodular fff that is merely integrable under the two endpoint laws, such as the piecewise-linear profits of this model, and for singular covariance matrices. Passing from smooth to general supermodular functions, without assuming integrability along the interpolation path, is where the work lies. The paper's own route to the "adjusted optimally" clause, a total derivative dπ/dρijd\pi/d\rho_{ij}dπ/dρij​ along a differentiable optimal path, presumes a smoothness of the optimizer that is not available, since the expected profit need not be concave in QQQ; the goal is stated as a comparison of optimal values, which avoids it.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in DemandSubstitution.Correlation. Products are indexed by Fin n, 0-based. The model data and the standing assumptions ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0, aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1], aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0, ∑jaij<1\sum_ja_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 form a structure Model n; uiu_iui​ and oio_ioi​ are definitions. The paper's §2 assumption that demand is continuous with positive support is dropped, as the paper drops it: a normal law charges negative demands. N(m,Σ)N(m,\Sigma)N(m,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), pushed forward to Fin n → ℝ; every statement assumes both covariance matrices positive semidefinite, because Mathlib's construction returns a Dirac mass otherwise. Correlations are encoded through covariances with fixed variances, which is equivalent to raising ρij\rho_{ij}ρij​. "Decreasing" is weak. Expectations are Bochner integrals; the profit integrands are Lipschitz and integrable under every normal law, and this integrability is to be proved, not assumed. Supermodularity and the supermodular order reuse the platform definitions SupermodularOn and SupermodularOrder.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the Müller–Scarsini comparison is a milestone theorem, never a hypothesis of the goal or of Proposition 5, and the "adjusted optimally" clause quantifies over every pair of maximizers, not over one chosen optimizer.

Contributions welcome: integrability of Lipschitz functions under multivariateGaussian; Gaussian interpolation for supermodular functions; the supermodular comparison itself, which would be reusable on its own.

Selected references

  • S. Netessine and N. Rudi, Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution, Simon School Working Paper OP 02-01, 2002, SSRN 303779. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.303779 (published in Operations Research 51(2):329–335, 2003, https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.2.329.12788)
  • A. Müller and M. Scarsini, Some remarks on the supermodular order, Journal of Multivariate Analysis 73(1):107–119, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1006/jmva.1999.1867
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • K. Rajaram and C. S. Tang, The impact of product substitution on retail merchandising, working paper, University of California, Los Angeles, 1999 (reference [16] of the source; no stable link).
  • D. M. Topkis, Minimizing a submodular function on a lattice, Operations Research 26(2):305–321, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.2.305
  • R. Ernst and P. Kouvelis, The effects of selling packaged goods on inventory decisions, Management Science 45(8):1142–1155, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.8.1142
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

The Primal-Dual Active Set Strategy as a Semismooth Newton Method II: Global Convergence and Monotonicity for M-MatricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Obstacle problems, contact problems and box-constrained quadratic programs share one finite-dimensional core: the linear complementarity problem "find y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ and λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with Ay+λ=fAy + \lambda = fAy+λ=f and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i(y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0". After discretization by finite differences or piecewise linear finite elements, the matrix AAA is typically an M-matrix, which is why this class sits at the centre of the numerical analysis of variational inequalities.

The primal-dual active set strategy solves such problems by guessing which constraints are active, solving one linear system on that guess, and updating the guess from the new primal and dual values. Hintermüller, Ito and Kunisch (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 865–888; authors' version hal-01660511) showed that this strategy is a semismooth Newton method for a nonsmooth reformulation of the problem. Local superlinear convergence then follows from Newton theory. This mission concerns the paper's global result: for M-matrices the method converges from every starting point, and its primal iterates decrease monotonically. A related global result for a purely primal active set method appears in Hoppe's 1987 analysis of multigrid methods for obstacle problems, which the paper cites as [H].

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, a matrix A∈Rn×nA \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times n}A∈Rn×n, vectors f,ψ∈Rnf, \psi \in \mathbb{R}^nf,ψ∈Rn and a constant c>0c > 0c>0. Vectors are compared componentwise. The paper writes AAA for the matrix and calligraphic A\mathcal{A}A, I\mathcal{I}I for index sets; Lean uses A for the matrix and activeSet for A\mathcal{A}A.

Problem (3.1). Find (y,λ)∈Rn×Rn(y, \lambda) \in \mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^n(y,λ)∈Rn×Rn with

Ay+λ=f,λ−max⁡(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,Ay + \lambda = f, \qquad \lambda - \max(0, \lambda + c(y - \psi)) = 0,Ay+λ=f,λ−max(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,

the maximum taken componentwise. For c>0c > 0c>0 the second equation says exactly y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ, λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i (y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0 for every iii.

M-matrix. AAA is an M-matrix if it is nonsingular, its off-diagonal entries satisfy aij≤0a_{ij} \le 0aij​≤0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j, and its inverse is entrywise nonnegative, A−1≥0A^{-1} \ge 0A−1≥0.

Blocks. For an index set I\mathcal{I}I with complement A\mathcal{A}A, AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is the principal submatrix with rows and columns in I\mathcal{I}I, and AIAA_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AIA​ the submatrix with rows in I\mathcal{I}I and columns in A\mathcal{A}A.

The algorithm. Start from arbitrary (y0,λ0)(y^0, \lambda^0)(y0,λ0). Given (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk), let

Ak={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i>0},Ik={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i≤0},\mathcal{A}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i > 0\}, \qquad \mathcal{I}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i \le 0\},Ak​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​>0},Ik​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​≤0},

and let (yk+1,λk+1)(y^{k+1}, \lambda^{k+1})(yk+1,λk+1) solve

Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak,λk+1=0 on Ik.Ay^{k+1} + \lambda^{k+1} = f, \qquad y^{k+1} = \psi \text{ on } \mathcal{A}_k, \qquad \lambda^{k+1} = 0 \text{ on } \mathcal{I}_k.Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak​,λk+1=0 on Ik​.

A sequence obeying this rule for every kkk is a run. The solution of (3.1) is written x∗=(y∗,λ∗)x^* = (y^*, \lambda^*)x∗=(y∗,λ∗) and the iterates xk=(yk,λk)x^k = (y^k, \lambda^k)xk=(yk,λk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 7)

If AAA is an M-matrix, then for arbitrary initial data

xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.x^k \to x^*, \qquad y^* \le y^{k+1} \le y^k \ \text{ for all } k \ge 1, \qquad y^k \le \psi \ \text{ for all } k \ge 2.xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.

Milestones (Appendix A, p. 20)

  1. For every partition I,A\mathcal{I}, \mathcal{A}I,A: AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is regular, AI−1≥0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} \ge 0AI−1​≥0 and AI−1AIA≤0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le 0AI−1​AIA​≤0.
  2. Complementarity (A.1): λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 or yik=ψiy^k_i = \psi_iyik​=ψi​, for all iii and k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, for every run and every matrix.
  3. Monotonicity: yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  4. Primal feasibility: yk≤ψy^k \le \psiyk≤ψ for k≥2k \ge 2k≥2.
  5. Lower bound: y∗≤yky^* \le y^ky∗≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  6. Remark A.1 and dual feasibility: if λikˉ<0\lambda^{\bar k}_i < 0λikˉ​<0 with kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1, then λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 and yik≤ψiy^k_i \le \psi_iyik​≤ψi​ for all k≥kˉ+1k \ge \bar k + 1k≥kˉ+1; and λk≥0\lambda^k \ge 0λk≥0 for all kkk beyond some kok_oko​.

A companion item states that a run exists from every initial pair when AAA is an M-matrix.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 makes the active set strategy a globally convergent method for the discretized obstacle problem, with no line search, no merit function and no damping. The monotonicity statement says more: from the second iterate on, every primal iterate is feasible and lies above the solution, and the iterates descend to it. Combined with the paper's observation (p. 7) that convergent iterates of the method converge in finitely many steps, it gives finite termination from every starting point. The theorem is the model for later global results on the method under weaker hypotheses, two of which (a norm condition and small perturbations of M-matrices) appear in the same paper as Theorems 3.3 and 3.4.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof requires the classical sign facts on principal blocks of M-matrices, which Mathlib does not contain, and a careful treatment of the iteration as a relation on pairs of vectors. The M-matrix block lemma is reusable well beyond this mission, for instance in comparison principles for discretized elliptic problems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound a merit function or a contraction factor; neither is available, because the iteration map is discontinuous and the active sets change from step to step. The paper's argument is instead an order argument. Its central step is the monotonicity yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk: it requires the complementarity (A.1) of the previous iterate, which holds only from k=1k = 1k=1 on, and the sign structure of the blocks AIk−1A_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1}AIk​−1​ and AIk−1AIkAkA_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}_k \mathcal{A}_k}AIk​−1​AIk​Ak​​ for every possible active set. The index bounds are sharp in the sense that the statements fail at k=0k = 0k=0 (respectively k=1k = 1k=1 for feasibility), because the initial data are arbitrary. Convergence of the multipliers is a separate step: negative multiplier coordinates must be shown to vanish permanently after one more iteration.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, the product is A *ᵥ y, and ≤\le≤ on vectors is componentwise. Convergence of xkx^kxk is in the product topology on Rn×Rn\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^nRn×Rn.
  • Nonsingularity of an M-matrix is IsUnit A.det. Lean's inverse of a singular matrix is the zero matrix, so without this clause every singular matrix with nonpositive off-diagonal entries would count as an M-matrix; the M-matrix definition is the page's, not an equivalent characterization.
  • The solution is a hypothesis IsSolution A f ψ c ystar lamstar. The paper speaks of "the unique solution"; for an M-matrix it exists and is unique by Berman–Plemmons, so the hypothesis assumes nothing the paper does not have. The uniqueness fact is not restated.
  • The algorithm is a relation. One step is IsStep, a run is IsRun with free initial data y 0, lam 0. The stopping option of step (iv) is not modelled. Because a universally quantified statement over runs would be empty if no run existed, the companion item run_exists states existence of a run from every initial pair.
  • The constant c>0c > 0c>0 is a binder of every statement that needs it; (A.1) needs neither c>0c > 0c>0 nor any hypothesis on AAA, and has none.
  • Remark A.1 is printed without "kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1"; its proof assumes it and the statement is false at kˉ=0\bar k = 0kˉ=0, so the bound is kept.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no statement assumes monotonicity, feasibility or convergence of the iterates, and the M-matrix hypothesis cannot be met by a singular matrix.
  • Needed infrastructure: principal submatrices of M-matrices (Berman–Plemmons, Ch. 6), and inverse-nonnegativity arguments for block systems. Proofs of the block lemma, of (A.1) and of the order lemmas are welcome independently of the goal.

The printed closing step of the proof writes λk=Ayk+f\lambda^k = Ay^k + fλk=Ayk+f; step (iii) gives λk=f−Ayk\lambda^k = f - Ay^kλk=f−Ayk. No item quotes or depends on that line.

Selected references

  • M. Hintermüller, K. Ito, K. Kunisch, The primal-dual active set strategy as a semismooth Newton method, SIAM J. Optim. 13(3):865–888, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383558 (authors' version: https://hal.science/hal-01660511)
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, Academic Press, 1979; reprinted as SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 9, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
  • R. H. W. Hoppe, Multigrid algorithms for variational inequalities, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 24(5):1046–1065, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0724069
  • L. Qi, J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Math. Program. 58:353–367, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization II: Points of a Product of Quadratic and Rotated Cones Are Complementary Iff Their Arrow-Head Products VanishResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization (also called second-order cone programming) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of quadratic cones. It contains linear programming, convex quadratically constrained programming, robust linear programming with ellipsoidal uncertainty and many problems from engineering design; see Lobo, Vandenberghe, Boyd and Lebret (1998). Primal–dual interior-point methods solve these problems in practice; E. D. Andersen, C. Roos and T. Terlaky describe one such method, and an implementation of it linked to the MOSEK optimizer, in On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization (Math. Program., 2003).

A primal–dual method needs the optimality condition "the duality gap is zero" in a form that can be relaxed into a central path and linearized by Newton's method. For linear programming that form is the componentwise product xjsj=0x_js_j=0xj​sj​=0. For quadratic cones the scalar condition xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is not componentwise, and the paper's Lemma 3.1 gives the replacement: a block-wise system built from arrow-head matrices. This mission formalizes that lemma and the facts its proof uses.

Setting

A vector v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn is written v=(v1,…,vn)v=(v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) and v2:n=(v2,…,vn)v_{2:n}=(v_2,\dots,v_n)v2:n​=(v2​,…,vn​); ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The paper works with three cones (Definition 3.1):

R+={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0},\mathbb R_+=\{x\ge 0\},\qquad K^q=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\},\qquad K^r=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\},R+​={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0},

the nonnegative half-line, the quadratic cone and the rotated quadratic cone. The cone of the problem is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK=K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk of such cones, of dimensions n1,…,nkn^1,\dots,n^kn1,…,nk, and a point is partitioned accordingly, x=(x1;… ;xk)x=(x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk); xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts=\sum_i(x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi.

To each cone the paper attaches two matrices (Definition 3.2): Ti=Qi=1T^i=Q^i=1Ti=Qi=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​; Ti=IT^i=ITi=I and Qi=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q^i=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Qi=diag(1,−1,…,−1) for KqK^qKq; and for KrK^rKr, TiT^iTi is the identity except for the leading block 12(111−1)\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{pmatrix}2​1​(11​1−1​), while QiQ^iQi is −I-I−I except for the leading block (0110)\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}(01​10​). The arrow-head matrix of a vector is

mat⁡(v)=(v1v2:nTv2:nv1I),\operatorname{mat}(v)=\begin{pmatrix}v_1&v_{2:n}^T\\ v_{2:n}&v_1I\end{pmatrix},mat(v)=(v1​v2:n​​v2:nT​v1​I​),

and Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi); eie^iei is the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni.

For the companion statements the paper defines μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1)\mu=(x^Ts+\tau\kappa)/(k+1)μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1) and the neighbourhood

N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+, min⁡i(xi)TQixi (si)TQisi≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.\mathcal N(\beta)=\Bigl\{(x,\tau,s,\kappa):(x;\tau),(s;\kappa)\in K\times\mathbb R_+,\ \min_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i\,(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge\beta\mu,\ \tau\kappa\ge\beta\mu\Bigr\}.N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+​, imin​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3.1 (p. 9)

For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K,

xTs=0  ⟺  XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).x^Ts=0\iff X^iS^ie^i=S^iX^ie^i=0\quad(i=1,\dots,k).xTs=0⟺XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).

This is the paper's exact statement; it fixes no constants and covers every mixture of the three cone types.

Milestones

  1. QiQi=IQ^iQ^i=IQiQi=I and TiTi=IT^iT^i=ITiTi=I, with QiQ^iQi, TiT^iTi symmetric (p. 9).
  2. Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1≥0}K^q=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1​≥0} and Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1,x2≥0}K^r=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1​,x2​≥0} (p. 9).
  3. For the rotated cone's TTT: x∈Kq  ⟺  Tx∈Krx\in K^q\iff Tx\in K^rx∈Kq⟺Tx∈Kr (p. 9).
  4. x∈Kx\in Kx∈K implies Tixi∈KqT^ix^i\in K^qTixi∈Kq for every block (Appendix, p. 36).
  5. Identity (61): (ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi(e^i)^TX^iS^ie^i=(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i=(x^i)^Ts^i(ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi, hence eTXSe=xTse^TXSe=x^TseTXSe=xTs.
  6. The explicit form of (20) for one block: (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n=0(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=0(Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​=0 (p. 36).
  7. For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K: xTs=∑i(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i((Tixi)1(Tisi)1−∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥)≥∑i(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi≥0x^Ts=\sum_i(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i\ge\sum_i\bigl((T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1-\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|\bigr)\ge\sum_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge0xTs=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i​((Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​−∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥)≥∑i​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥0 (pp. 36–37).
  8. If xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0(x^i)^TQ^ix^i=(s^i)^TQ^is^i=0(xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)1=∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1=\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|(Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​=∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥ (p. 37).
  9. If (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (Tixi)2:n=α(Tisi)2:n(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=\alpha(T^is^i)_{2:n}(Tixi)2:n​=α(Tisi)2:n​ with α=−(Tixi)1/(Tisi)1\alpha=-(T^ix^i)_1/(T^is^i)_1α=−(Tixi)1​/(Tisi)1​, and (20) holds for block iii (p. 37).
  10. Lemma 3.2 ii) (p. 11): a point of N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) has XiSiei=μeiX^iS^ie^i=\mu e^iXiSiei=μei and τκ=μ\tau\kappa=\muτκ=μ.
  11. §6.1 (pp. 28–29): the starting point xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1ix^{i(0)}=s^{i(0)}=T^ie^i_1xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1i​, τ(0)=κ(0)=1\tau^{(0)}=\kappa^{(0)}=1τ(0)=κ(0)=1 lies in N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1).

Significance

Lemma 3.1 is what makes a primal–dual method for conic quadratic problems possible in the familiar form: replacing XiSiei=0X^iS^ie^i=0XiSiei=0 by XiSiei=γμeiX^iS^ie^i=\gamma\mu e^iXiSiei=γμei gives the central path (21), and linearizing it gives the Newton system the paper analyses in §4. Lemma 3.2 ii) identifies N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) with that central path, and the §6.1 statement shows the algorithm starts on it. The arrow-head product XiSieiX^iS^ie^iXiSiei is the Jordan product of the Lorentz cone's Euclidean Jordan algebra, so the lemma is also the concrete, coordinate form of complementarity in that algebra (Alizadeh and Goldfarb, 2003).

The lemma is proved in the paper's Appendix and is classical; the mission's contribution is a machine-checked version. To our knowledge no proof assistant library contains complementarity for quadratic or rotated quadratic cones, the rotated-cone transformation, or the arrow-head matrix. The statements here are not yet proved anywhere in Lean.

Difficulty

The forward direction is an identity, (61). The converse is where the work is: xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is one scalar equation, yet it must force nin^ini equations per block. The argument needs a reverse Cauchy–Schwarz bound inside each quadratic cone, an equality-case analysis that splits on whether a leading coordinate vanishes, and the reduction of the rotated cone to the quadratic one through TTT. A block-by-block argument fails without first showing that each (xi)Tsi(x^i)^Ts^i(xi)Tsi is nonnegative, since only the sum is known to vanish. In Lean, the arithmetic of 1/21/\sqrt21/2​ in TTT and the index bookkeeping of v2:nv_{2:n}v2:n​ inside Fin n add their own friction.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ; the paper's x1x_1x1​ is index 0 and x2x_2x2​ is index 1, read through coord v r. The Euclidean tails are written out as sums, tailSq v 1 =∥v2:n∥2=\|v_{2:n}\|^2=∥v2:n​∥2 and tailSq v 2 =∥v3:n∥2=\|v_{3:n}\|^2=∥v3:n​∥2; Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ is the sup norm and is never used. Points of KKK are stored block by block, x : (i : Fin k) → Fin (n i) → ℝ, with a cone kind kind i ∈ {nonneg, quad, rot} per block; xTsx^TsxTs is ∑ixi⋅si\sum_i x^i\cdot s^i∑i​xi⋅si, and the block-diagonal XXX, SSS are represented by their blocks. Tmat, Qmat, arrow and e1 are defined entrywise from (16)–(19) and p. 9.

Standing assumptions and additions:

  • The paper never states block dimensions; every theorem assumes WellFormed: ni=1n^i=1ni=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1 for KqK^qKq, ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2 for KrK^rKr (the rotated cone needs x1x_1x1​ and x2x_2x2​).
  • "x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K" is taken literally; KKK is self-dual, so no separate dual cone is introduced.
  • The milestones 8 and 9 carry the page's case hypotheses (Tixi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​=0, (Tisi)1≠0(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tisi)1​=0.
  • The printed upper limit nnn in (61) is read as kkk; "(x; τ), (s; κ) ∈ N(1)" in Lemma 3.2 ii) is read as (x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1)(x,\tau,s,\kappa)\in\mathcal N(1)(x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1).

The goal is stated with arrow and Tmat, not with the unfolded vector ((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n)((T^ix^i)^TT^is^i;\ (T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n})((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​): replacing the arrow-head matrices by that vector, or dropping the rotated cone, would remove the content the lemma is about. Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on tailSq (Cauchy–Schwarz for tails, its equality case) and on the arrow-head matrix.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003), 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • M. S. Lobo, L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, H. Lebret, Applications of second-order cone programming, Linear Algebra and its Applications 284 (1998), 193–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0024-3795(98)10032-0
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning V: Exact Conservative Policy Iteration Improves at Every Update and Halts within 8H²/ε² Updates with Future Advantages at Most ε/HTextbook

Motivation

Policy iteration replaces the current policy by the greedy policy with respect to its state-action values. With exact values this improves the policy at every state. When the improvement step is only approximate, or is restricted to a class of policies, a greedy replacement can make the policy worse, and the resulting error bounds are stated in max norm over all states, a quantity that sampling cannot control in large state spaces.

Conservative policy iteration (CPI), introduced by Kakade and Langford (ICML 2002) and developed in Chapter 7 of Kakade's PhD thesis (UCL, 2003), takes a different route. Instead of switching to a new policy, it mixes the current policy with a small amount of a better one, and it measures progress by an average over states visited under the current policy rather than by a maximum over all states. The thesis proves that the exact form of the algorithm improves its objective at every step, halts after a number of updates polynomial in the horizon and the accuracy, and returns a policy whose average advantages against an entire policy class are small. The approach underlies later trust-region and conservative update methods in reinforcement learning.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has a finite state set SSS, a finite action set AAA, transition probabilities P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a) and a deterministic reward r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1]. A stationary policy π\piπ chooses action aaa in state sss with probability π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s). For a discount factor 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1 the normalized value of π\piπ is

Vπ(s)=(1−γ) E[∑t≥0γtr(st,at) ∣ π, s0=s],V_\pi(s)=(1-\gamma)\,\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t r(s_t,a_t)\,\Big|\,\pi,\ s_0=s\Big],Vπ​(s)=(1−γ)E[t≥0∑​γtr(st​,at​)​π, s0​=s],

which lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The state-action value is Qπ(s,a)=(1−γ)r(s,a)+γ Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)Vπ(s′)Q_\pi(s,a)=(1-\gamma)r(s,a)+\gamma\,\mathbb E_{s'\sim P(\cdot\mid s,a)}V_\pi(s')Qπ​(s,a)=(1−γ)r(s,a)+γEs′∼P(⋅∣s,a)​Vπ​(s′) and the advantage is Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s)A_\pi(s,a)=Q_\pi(s,a)-V_\pi(s)Aπ​(s,a)=Qπ​(s,a)−Vπ​(s). The horizon time is H=1/(1−γ)H=1/(1-\gamma)H=1/(1−γ).

Fix a reset distribution μ\muμ on SSS. The value of μ\muμ is Vπ(μ)=Es∼μVπ(s)V_\pi(\mu)=\mathbb E_{s\sim\mu}V_\pi(s)Vπ​(μ)=Es∼μ​Vπ​(s). The discounted future state distribution is

dπ,μ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPr⁡(st=s∣π, s0∼μ),d_{\pi,\mu}(s)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\Pr(s_t=s\mid\pi,\ s_0\sim\mu),dπ,μ​(s)=(1−γ)t≥0∑​γtPr(st​=s∣π, s0​∼μ),

and dπ,s0d_{\pi,s_0}dπ,s0​​ is the case where μ\muμ is the point mass at s0s_0s0​. For another policy hhh:

  • the advantage under a distribution ν\nuν is Aπ(ν,h)=Es∼νEa∼h(⋅∣s)Aπ(s,a)A_\pi(\nu,h)=\mathbb E_{s\sim\nu}\mathbb E_{a\sim h(\cdot\mid s)}A_\pi(s,a)Aπ​(ν,h)=Es∼ν​Ea∼h(⋅∣s)​Aπ​(s,a);
  • the future state-action value is Qπ(μ,h)=Es∼dπ,μEa∼h(⋅∣s)Qπ(s,a)\mathbb Q_\pi(\mu,h)=\mathbb E_{s\sim d_{\pi,\mu}}\mathbb E_{a\sim h(\cdot\mid s)}Q_\pi(s,a)Qπ​(μ,h)=Es∼dπ,μ​​Ea∼h(⋅∣s)​Qπ​(s,a);
  • the future advantage is Aπ(μ,h)=Es∼dπ,μEa∼h(⋅∣s)Aπ(s,a)\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,h)=\mathbb E_{s\sim d_{\pi,\mu}}\mathbb E_{a\sim h(\cdot\mid s)}A_\pi(s,a)Aπ​(μ,h)=Es∼dπ,μ​​Ea∼h(⋅∣s)​Aπ​(s,a).

The conservative update with mixing weight α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] is πnew=(1−α)π+απ′\pi_{\rm new}=(1-\alpha)\pi+\alpha\pi'πnew​=(1−α)π+απ′.

Exact CPI (Algorithm 11) works with a class Π\PiΠ of stationary policies and an accuracy ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Starting from any stationary policy, it repeats three steps:

  1. The ExactPolicyChooser returns π′∈arg⁡max⁡h∈ΠQπ(μ,h)\pi'\in\arg\max_{h\in\Pi}\mathbb Q_\pi(\mu,h)π′∈argmaxh∈Π​Qπ​(μ,h).
  2. If Aπ(μ,π′)>ε/H\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')>\varepsilon/HAπ​(μ,π′)>ε/H, the algorithm sets α=Aπ(μ,π′)/(4H)\alpha=\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')/(4H)α=Aπ​(μ,π′)/(4H) and replaces π\piπ by (1−α)π+απ′(1-\alpha)\pi+\alpha\pi'(1−α)π+απ′.
  3. Otherwise it halts and returns π\piπ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3.2, explicit-constant form

Every run π0,π1,…\pi_0,\pi_1,\dotsπ0​,π1​,… of Exact CPI has a halting round KKK with

K<8H2ε2,Vπk+1(μ)−Vπk(μ)>ε28H2  (k<K),AπK(μ,h)≤εH  (h∈Π).K<\frac{8H^2}{\varepsilon^2},\qquad V_{\pi_{k+1}}(\mu)-V_{\pi_k}(\mu)>\frac{\varepsilon^2}{8H^2}\ \ (k<K),\qquad \mathbb A_{\pi_K}(\mu,h)\le\frac{\varepsilon}{H}\ \ (h\in\Pi).K<ε28H2​,Vπk+1​​(μ)−Vπk​​(μ)>8H2ε2​  (k<K),AπK​​(μ,h)≤Hε​  (h∈Π).

The returned πK\pi_KπK​ is a stationary policy. The thesis states the halting bound as O(H2/ε2)O(H^2/\varepsilon^2)O(H2/ε2) calls to the chooser. The constant 888 is the one the thesis's own Corollary 7.2.3 supplies, and the mission states it explicitly.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.2.2. For every α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], with ϵ∞=max⁡s∣Ea∼π′(⋅∣s)Aπ(s,a)∣\epsilon_\infty=\max_s|\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi'(\cdot\mid s)}A_\pi(s,a)|ϵ∞​=maxs​∣Ea∼π′(⋅∣s)​Aπ​(s,a)∣,
Vπnew(μ)−Vπ(μ)≥α1−γ(Aπ(μ,π′)−2γα1−γ(1−α)ϵ∞).V_{\pi_{\rm new}}(\mu)-V_\pi(\mu)\ge\frac{\alpha}{1-\gamma}\Big(\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')-\frac{2\gamma\alpha}{1-\gamma(1-\alpha)}\epsilon_\infty\Big).Vπnew​​(μ)−Vπ​(μ)≥1−γα​(Aπ​(μ,π′)−1−γ(1−α)2γα​ϵ∞​).
  1. Corollary 7.2.3. If Aπ(μ,π′)≥0\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')\ge0Aπ​(μ,π′)≥0, the step α=1−γ4Aπ(μ,π′)\alpha=\frac{1-\gamma}{4}\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')α=41−γ​Aπ​(μ,π′) gives Vπnew(μ)−Vπ(μ)≥Aπ(μ,π′)2/8V_{\pi_{\rm new}}(\mu)-V_\pi(\mu)\ge\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,\pi')^2/8Vπnew​​(μ)−Vπ​(μ)≥Aπ​(μ,π′)2/8.
  2. Domination of the start distribution (p. 88): dπ,μ≥μ/Hd_{\pi,\mu}\ge\mu/Hdπ,μ​≥μ/H.
  3. Lemma 5.2.1, discounted half: Vπ′(s0)−Vπ(s0)=11−γEs∼dπ′,s0Ea∼π′(⋅∣s)Aπ(s,a)V_{\pi'}(s_0)-V_\pi(s_0)=\frac1{1-\gamma}\mathbb E_{s\sim d_{\pi',s_0}}\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi'(\cdot\mid s)}A_\pi(s,a)Vπ′​(s0​)−Vπ​(s0​)=1−γ1​Es∼dπ′,s0​​​Ea∼π′(⋅∣s)​Aπ​(s,a).
  4. Theorem 7.3.1. If Aπ(ν,h)≤ε/HA_\pi(\nu,h)\le\varepsilon/HAπ​(ν,h)≤ε/H for all h∈Πh\in\Pih∈Π, then for every π′∈Π\pi'\in\Piπ′∈Π and every state s0s_0s0​,
Vπ(s0)≥Vπ′(s0)−ε−H∥dπ′,s0−ν∥1.V_\pi(s_0)\ge V_{\pi'}(s_0)-\varepsilon-H\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\nu\|_1.Vπ​(s0​)≥Vπ′​(s0​)−ε−H∥dπ′,s0​​−ν∥1​.
  1. Example 7.4.1. A two-state MDP on which the bound of Lemma 7.2.2 holds with equality for all α\alphaα and γ\gammaγ.

Milestones 1, 2 and 4 are already stated on the platform from Kakade–Langford (2002), in the same normalized model. They are included here as references and are not posed again.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3.2 is the exact-oracle core of CPI's sample-complexity analysis: the sample-based version later in the chapter replaces the exact chooser and the exact future advantage by estimates. The guarantee is stated through future advantages, so it does not depend on a max-norm accuracy over all states. Through Theorem 7.3.1 it translates into a value guarantee against every policy of the class whose future state distribution is close to the measure the algorithm was trained on. The output need not lie in Π\PiΠ: even for a deterministic class the returned policy is in general stochastic.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the thesis, and the three referenced statements are proved on the platform. None of the new statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission adds a fully specified Exact CPI run as a Lean object, an explicit constant in place of the O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), and checked versions of the μ-optimality bound and of the tightness example. Its layer is shared with the Kakade–Langford missions, so later work on sample-based CPI can build on it directly.

Difficulty

The halting bound needs two ingredients that are easy to separate and easy to get wrong. The improvement guarantee of Corollary 7.2.3 holds only for a policy and a mixture weight in [0,1][0,1][0,1], so every iterate of the run must be shown to remain a policy and every step size to stay in range. The count of updates then rests on the normalized values being bounded in [0,1][0,1][0,1], a property of the model rather than of the algorithm. The output condition is stated for every h∈Πh\in\Pih∈Π, while the algorithm only tests the one policy the chooser returned, and the chooser maximizes future state-action values rather than future advantages.

A tempting shortcut is the thesis's remark on p. 88 that Aπ(μ,h)≤ε/H\mathbb A_\pi(\mu,h)\le\varepsilon/HAπ​(μ,h)≤ε/H implies Aπ(μ,h)≤εA_\pi(\mu,h)\le\varepsilonAπ​(μ,h)≤ε. This is false in general: it would need Ea∼hAπ(s,a)≥0\mathbb E_{a\sim h}A_\pi(s,a)\ge0Ea∼h​Aπ​(s,a)≥0 at every state. The mission formalizes only the true ingredient, dπ,μ≥μ/Hd_{\pi,\mu}\ge\mu/Hdπ,μ​≥μ/H.

Formalization scope

The layer is the published normalized model ApproxOptRL.Shared.Model: value, qValue, advantage, futureStateDist, and eta for Vπ(μ)V_\pi(\mu)Vπ​(μ). The future advantage is ApproxOptRL.CPI.policyAdvantage and the conservative update is ApproxOptRL.CPI.mixPolicy. The model makes these commitments:

  • SSS and AAA are finite nonempty types.
  • Policies are maps π:S→A→R\pi:S\to A\to\mathbb Rπ:S→A→R with IsPolicy, and deterministic policies are indicator policies.
  • Values carry the factor 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ, so all constants are the thesis's normalized ones. The thesis's statements for infinite state spaces are taken for finite SSS, where ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ is a finite sum.
  • In Lean the policy class is called Pi because Π is reserved.

The run is the explicit predicate IsExactCPIRun: up to the round where the algorithm halts, the chooser output lies in Π\PiΠ and maximizes Qπk(μ,⋅)\mathbb Q_{\pi_k}(\mu,\cdot)Qπk​​(μ,⋅) over Π\PiΠ, and the update uses exactly αk=A/(4H)\alpha_k=\mathbb A/(4H)αk​=A/(4H). The halting round is part of the conclusion, never a hypothesis. A formalization in which the halting test or the step size is a free variable, or in which Π\PiΠ is empty, would make "halts" an assumption or the run hypothesis unsatisfiable; the goal fixes both and requires Π\PiΠ nonempty. The chooser's argmax is assumed to be attained, as in the thesis.

Contributions that would help: bounds 0≤Vπ≤10\le V_\pi\le10≤Vπ​≤1 and ∣Aπ∣≤1|A_\pi|\le1∣Aπ​∣≤1 for the normalized model, summability facts for futureStateDist, and a proof that a mixture of policies is a policy. These are reusable across every mission built on the same model.

Selected references

  • S. M. Kakade, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning, PhD thesis, Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit, University College London, 2003, Chapter 7. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10100726/
  • S. Kakade and J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, Proceedings of the 19th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2002, pp. 267–274. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization I: Solutions of the Homogeneous Model Are Complementary and Give an Optimal Pair or an Infeasibility CertificateResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a closed convex cone. Linear programming (the nonnegative orthant), second-order cone programming (products of quadratic cones) and semidefinite programming (the positive semidefinite cone) are all instances. Primal–dual interior-point methods are the standard algorithms for these problems, and production solvers for conic quadratic optimization, such as the MOSEK solver described by Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (Math. Program. 95 (2003)), are built on them.

The classical primal–dual method assumes that both the primal and the dual problem have strictly feasible points. A practical solver cannot assume this: it must also recognize infeasible problems and return a certificate. The device that handles this is the homogeneous model, introduced by Goldman and Tucker for linear programming (1956) and used in interior-point form by Ye, Todd and Mizuno (Math. Oper. Res. 19 (1994)). The model embeds the primal–dual pair into a larger homogeneous system that always has solutions; a solution with a positive homogenizing variable yields an optimal pair, and one with a positive slack variable yields an infeasibility certificate. Section 2 of Andersen, Roos and Terlaky states this generalization to an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K⊆RnK \subseteq \mathbb R^nK⊆Rn be a pointed closed convex cone: closed, convex, closed under multiplication by nonnegative scalars, and pointed, K∩(−K)={0}K \cap (-K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} (it contains 000, and x∈Kx \in Kx∈K and −x∈K-x \in K−x∈K imply x=0x = 0x=0). Its dual cone is

K∗:={ s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K }.K_* := \{\, s \in \mathbb R^n : s^Tx \ge 0 \text{ for all } x \in K \,\}.K∗​:={s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K}.

The primal problem is (P)(P)(P): minimize cTxc^TxcTx subject to Ax=bAx = bAx=b, x∈Kx \in Kx∈K. The dual problem is (D)(D)(D): maximize bTyb^TybTy subject to ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​. A point satisfying the constraints is feasible; a feasible point is optimal if no feasible point has a better objective value; a problem without feasible points is infeasible. (P)(P)(P) is strictly feasible if some xxx with Ax=bAx = bAx=b lies in the interior of KKK, and (D)(D)(D) if some (y,s)(y,s)(y,s) with ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c has sss in the interior of K∗K_*K∗​.

The homogeneous model (7) of the paper asks for (x,τ,y,s,κ)(x, \tau, y, s, \kappa)(x,τ,y,s,κ) with

Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0,Ax - b\tau = 0,\qquad A^Ty + s - c\tau = 0,\qquad -c^Tx + b^Ty - \kappa = 0,Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0, x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗, κ≥0.x \in K,\ \tau \ge 0,\qquad s \in K_*,\ \kappa \ge 0.x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗​, κ≥0.

The quantity xTs+τκx^Ts + \tau\kappaxTs+τκ is its complementarity gap. In the Lean development these objects are dualCone, PrimalFeasible, DualFeasible, PrimalOptimal, DualOptimal, PrimalInfeasible, DualInfeasible and HomFeasible, all in the namespace ConicQuadIPM.Homogeneous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1 (p. 6)

For every solution (x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗)(x^*, \tau^*, y^*, s^*, \kappa^*)(x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗) of (7):

(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0;\text{(i)}\quad (x^*)^Ts^* + \tau^*\kappa^* = 0;(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0; (ii)τ∗>0  ⟹  x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D);\text{(ii)}\quad \tau^* > 0 \implies x^*/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (P) \text{ and } (y^*, s^*)/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (D);(ii)τ∗>0⟹x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D); (iii)κ∗>0  ⟹  bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.\text{(iii)}\quad \kappa^* > 0 \implies b^Ty^* > 0 \ \text{or}\ c^Tx^* < 0;\ \ b^Ty^* > 0 \Rightarrow (P) \text{ infeasible};\ \ c^Tx^* < 0 \Rightarrow (D) \text{ infeasible}.(iii)κ∗>0⟹bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1, weak duality (p. 4): for feasible xxx and (y,s)(y,s)(y,s), cTx−bTy=xTs≥0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts \ge 0cTx−bTy=xTs≥0.
  2. Lemma 2.1 i) on its own.
  3. Theorem 2.1, primal infeasibility (5): s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​, ATy+s=0A^Ty + s = 0ATy+s=0, bTy>0b^Ty > 0bTy>0 imply that (P)(P)(P) is infeasible.
  4. Theorem 2.1, dual infeasibility (6): x∈Kx \in Kx∈K, Ax=0Ax = 0Ax=0, cTx<0c^Tx < 0cTx<0 imply that (D)(D)(D) is infeasible.
  5. From the proof of Lemma 2.1: κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 forces bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0.
  6. (10): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, then bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0, s∗∈K∗s^* \in K_*s∗∈K∗​.
  7. (11): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, then cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0, x∗∈Kx^* \in Kx∗∈K.
  8. Theorem 2.1, strong duality (p. 4): if one side is strictly feasible with a bounded objective, then (x,y,s)(x, y, s)(x,y,s) is optimal if and only if it is feasible with cTx−bTy=xTs=0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts = 0cTx−bTy=xTs=0.

Significance

Lemma 2.1 is the correctness statement behind every homogeneous-model interior-point solver for conic problems: whatever solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 the algorithm approaches, it is either a scaled optimal primal–dual pair or a certificate of primal or dual infeasibility. Parts (iii) and the certificates (5)–(6) are the conic Farkas-type alternatives on which infeasibility reporting rests. The paper also notes the limit of the statement: for conic problems a solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 need not exist (a feasible conic quadratic pair with a nonzero duality gap is an example), unlike in linear programming.

The results are classical and proved on paper; the strong-duality part is cited from the literature rather than proved in the source. Linear-programming versions of the homogeneous-model properties exist as formal statements on the platform (from Ye–Todd–Mizuno, Vanderbei and Matoušek), but those concern the nonnegative orthant only. This mission states the general conic version over an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and the weak-duality and certificate statements it introduces are reusable by any later conic formalization.

Difficulty

Parts (i) and (ii) and the certificates are short arguments from the definitions; the formal work is in handling the cone axioms and the bilinear algebra cleanly. The step that is easy to overlook is in (iii): the identities ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0 in (10) and Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0 in (11) do not follow from the equations of (7) alone, because the terms cτ∗c\tau^*cτ∗ and bτ∗b\tau^*bτ∗ are present; the paper passes over this point. The strong-duality milestone is of a different order: it is a genuine conic duality theorem, cited rather than proved in the source, and it fails without the Slater-type hypothesis (feasible conic quadratic pairs with a nonzero duality gap exist).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, uTvu^TvuTv is u ⬝ᵥ v, AxAxAx is A *ᵥ x and ATyA^TyATy is Aᵀ *ᵥ y; the paper's first coordinate is index 0. The standing assumption that KKK is a pointed closed convex cone is the hypothesis IsPointedClosedConvexCone K on every theorem, even where a proof uses less. The paper's further assumption that AAA has full row rank is stated "for convenience and without loss of generality" and is not used in any of these results; it is dropped, which makes every statement a generalization. A nonempty interior of KKK is not assumed, and no milestone except strong duality mentions interiors; there, interiors are topological interiors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Optimality is a predicate (feasible, and at least as good as every feasible point), never a value defined through an infimum or supremum, and infeasibility is the non-existence of a feasible point. Division by τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is scalar multiplication by (τ∗)−1(\tau^*)^{-1}(τ∗)−1 under τ∗>0\tau^* > 0τ∗>0.

A trivializing reading is excluded: part (ii) must conclude optimality of both the primal and the dual point against all feasible points, and part (iii) must conclude that the relevant problem has no feasible point, not merely the sign condition; the milestones (10) and (11) assume only κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and the respective inequality, never τ∗=0\tau^* = 0τ∗=0.

All definitions live in one module, Definitions.Def_ConicQuadIPM_Homogeneous_Setting. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of conic strong duality in this standard form (the platform's Lagrangian conic Slater theorem may help), and reuse of weak duality and the certificates in later conic missions.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • A. J. Goldman, A. W. Tucker, Theory of linear programming, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton University Press, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-005
  • Y. Ye, M. J. Todd, S. Mizuno, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L)-iteration homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm, Mathematics of Operations Research 19 (1994) 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.1.53
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 3: With Random Right-Hand Side and Known Dual Extreme Points, the Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (14)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs model a decision xxx taken before uncertainty is revealed, followed by a corrective recourse action once it is. The classical model needs the full probability distribution of the uncertain data, which in practice is rarely known; often only estimates of the mean and the second moments are available, and the computed plan can be sensitive to the distribution assumed. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach replaces the single distribution by the class of all distributions with given first and second moments and optimizes against the worst member of that class. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine this with risk aversion, through a piecewise-linear disutility of the second-stage cost, and determine which instances can be solved as semidefinite programs.

When the randomness sits in the right-hand side of the second stage, the paper shows that the problem is NP-hard in general (Theorem 3.1). This mission concerns the tractable special case that follows (§3.2): if the extreme points of the dual feasible region of the recourse problem are known, the whole minimax problem is one semidefinite program.

Setting

A first-stage decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is feasible if x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}x\in X=\{x : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0} and costs c′xc'xc′x. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n, a constant cost vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd and a realized right-hand side h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the second-stage cost is written as the optimal value of the dual of the recourse linear program,

Q(h,x)=max⁡p (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{p}\ (h-Tx)'p\quad\text{s.t.}\quad W'p\le q .Q(h,x)=pmax​ (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.

Risk aversion enters through the disutility U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0. The right-hand side h~\tilde hh~ is random, and its distribution is only known to lie in the moment class

P={P:EP[h~]=μ, EP[h~h~′]=Q}.\mathcal P=\{P : \mathbb E_P[\tilde h]=\mu,\ \mathbb E_P[\tilde h\tilde h']=Q\}.P={P:EP​[h~]=μ, EP​[h~h~′]=Q}.

The worst-case expected disutility is Z^(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(h~,x))]\hat Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]Z^(x)=supP∈P​EP​[U(Q(h~,x))], and the problem is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z^(x)).Z=\min_{x\in X}\big(c'x+\hat Z(x)\big).Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z^(x)).

The moment problem defining Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) has the dual (12): minimize Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​ over symmetric YYY, y∈Rry\in\mathbb R^ry∈Rr, y0∈Ry_0\in\mathbb Ry0​∈R with h′Yh+y′h+y0≥U(Q(h,x))h'Yh+y'h+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(h,x))h′Yh+y′h+y0​≥U(Q(h,x)) for every hhh, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​.

The standing assumptions are: XXX nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse, {Ww:w≥0}=Rr\{Ww : w\ge 0\}=\mathbb R^r{Ww:w≥0}=Rr (Assumption 2); a nonempty dual polyhedron {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} (Assumption 3); Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ (Assumption 4); and the extreme points p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ of {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} are known (Assumption 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 589)

The problem is equivalent to the semidefinite program

Z^SDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0 c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t. (Y12(y−αkpi)12(y−αkpi)′y0+αkpi′Tx−βk)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)\hat Z_{\rm SDP}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \begin{pmatrix}Y & \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)\\ \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)' & y_0+\alpha_k p_i'Tx-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}\succeq 0\ \ \forall k,i,\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{14}Z^SDP​=x,Y,y,y0​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t. (Y21​(y−αk​pi​)′​21​(y−αk​pi​)y0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​​)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)

in the sense that Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) equals the value of the per-xxx program (15) for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​, both being genuine finite infima.

Milestones (§3.1 and the proof of Theorem 3.2, pp. 588–590)

  1. Strong duality for (11)/(12): Z^(x)=Z^D(x)\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_D(x)Z^(x)=Z^D​(x).
  2. The constraints of (12) are equivalent to h′Yh+(y−αkp)′h+y0+αkp′Tx−βk≥0h'Yh+(y-\alpha_kp)'h+y_0+\alpha_kp'Tx-\beta_k\ge 0h′Yh+(y−αk​p)′h+y0​+αk​p′Tx−βk​≥0 for all hhh, all ppp with W′p≤qW'p\le qW′p≤q and all kkk.
  3. Every feasible YYY of (12) is positive semidefinite.
  4. Q(h,x)=max⁡i=1,…,N(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{i=1,\dots,N}(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi=1,…,N​(h−Tx)′pi​.
  5. A quadratic h′Yh+2v′h+ch'Yh+2v'h+ch′Yh+2v′h+c is nonnegative on Rr\mathbb R^rRr iff the bordered matrix (Yvv′c)\begin{pmatrix}Y&v\\v'&c\end{pmatrix}(Yv′​vc​) is positive semidefinite (already proved on the platform).
  6. The feasible sets of (12) and (15) coincide, so Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x) is the value of (15).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 turns a two-level problem — a minimum over xxx of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions — into one convex program of polynomial size in nnn, rrr, KKK and NNN, jointly in the first-stage decision and the dual multipliers. The first-stage decision enters the linear matrix inequalities only through the corner entry y0+αkpi′Tx−βky_0+\alpha_kp_i'Tx-\beta_ky0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​, which is affine in xxx; this is what keeps the joint program convex. Together with the NP-hardness of the general case (Theorem 3.1), it locates the source of intractability in the enumeration of dual vertices. The same program (15) is the starting point of the construction of an extremal distribution (Theorem 3.3), which the paper uses to stress-test first-stage solutions.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, with strong duality for the moment problem cited from the literature. Nothing in this chain is formalized: neither the moment-problem duality under the interior condition Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′, nor the vertex representation of a bounded linear program over a pointed polyhedron given by its extreme points. The lemma that a nonnegative quadratic corresponds to a positive semidefinite bordered matrix is already proved on the platform and is reused.

Difficulty

The reduction from (12) to (15) is elementary once Q(h,x)=max⁡i(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_i(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi​(h−Tx)′pi​ is available, but that identity is a genuine statement about polyhedra: the dual region {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} is unbounded, so compactness arguments such as Krein–Milman do not apply, and one needs both that the polyhedron is pointed (here a consequence of complete recourse, which forces WWW to have full row rank) and that a bounded linear objective attains its maximum at a vertex. The other substantial step is strong duality between the moment problem over measures and the semi-infinite dual (12), which requires the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone; without Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ a duality gap or an empty class P\mathcal PP can occur. Finally, the equality Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​ requires exchanging an infimum over xxx with the infimum over the dual variables, which needs each per-xxx program to be feasible and bounded.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ, and pieces and extreme points are indexed by Fin K and Fin N (zero-based). The paper's letter ppp is both the dimension of qqq and the dual variable; in Lean the dimension is ddd and the dual vector is π. The class P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures on Rr\mathbb R^rRr with square-integrable coordinates, mean μ\muμ and uncentred second-moment matrix QQQ, built on the published MomentDRO.Conf.Setting; the paper's densities are replaced by measures. Q(h,x)\mathcal Q(h,x)Q(h,x) is the real supremum over the dual polyhedron. Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of a set of objective values, and the statements assert with IsLUB/IsGLB that these are genuine finite bounds; attainment of the minima is not claimed. YYY is required symmetric throughout. The bordered matrix is the published WorstCaseVaR.KnownMoments.bordered and ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef.

Readings of the source:

  • As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 ("for all qqq") contradict each other when r≥1r\ge 1r≥1. The section-wise reading is used: complete recourse together with dual feasibility at the single constant qqq of §3.
  • "Assumption i" in Theorem 3.2 and in its proof is read as Assumption 5.
  • "The strong duality condition" is read as Assumption 4.
  • Assumption 5 is the hypothesis that the list p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ is exactly the set of extreme points of the dual region; "explicitly known" has no further mathematical content.
  • (11) integrates over Rp\mathbb R^pRp where Rr\mathbb R^rRr is meant.

A formalization in which Z^SDP\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z^SDP​ is defined through Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x), or in which positive semidefiniteness is replaced by a hand-written quadratic condition, would make the goal a restatement of strong duality; (14) is stated as a single program in (x,Y,y,y0)(x,Y,y,y_0)(x,Y,y,y0​) with Matrix.PosSemidef constraints. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (r=1r=1r=1, W=[1,−1]W=[1,-1]W=[1,−1], q=(1,1)q=(1,1)q=(1,1), μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1, X={1}X=\{1\}X={1}).

Contributions welcome: the vertex representation of bounded linear programs over pointed polyhedra, and duality for moment problems with first and second moments, are both reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 1: Under a Support Set and a Mean Set, the Bound π¹ Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear decision rules are a standard device for making multistage optimization under uncertainty computationally tractable: a recourse decision is restricted to be an affine function of the uncertain data observed so far. Their weakness is that a recourse variable that must stay nonnegative forces the rule to be very conservative. Goh and Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations (Operations Research, 2010), repair this with deflected linear decision rules, in which the violated part of an affine rule is corrected and paid for. The cost of the correction is the expected positive part EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) of an affine function of the uncertainty.

The distribution P\mathbb PP is not known. The paper assumes only partial distributional information (a support set, a set containing the mean, a covariance, directional deviations) and bounds the worst case of this expectation over every distribution consistent with that information. Such worst-case bounds go back to Scarf's 1958 mean–variance newsvendor bound and form the core of distributionally robust optimization. This mission formalizes the first bound of §5, which uses support and mean information only.

Setting

Let ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ be a random vector in Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn (in the paper, the segregated uncertainty vector of dimension n=NEn = N_En=NE​). Two sets describe what is known about it:

  • a support set V⊆Rn\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn with P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1;
  • a mean set V^⊆Rn\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn containing the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). A known mean is the case where V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V is a single point.

The family of distributions consistent with this information is

F1={P:ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}.\mathbb F_1 = \{\mathbb P : \hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \widehat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1\}.F1​={P:ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.

For data r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^nr∈Rn the worst-case value is sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), with x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+ = \max\{x, 0\}x+=max{x,0}. The paper's candidate for this value is the deterministic quantity of (21),

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s∈RnΦ(s),Φ(s)=sup⁡ζ^∈V^{s′ζ^}+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.\pi^1(r^0, r) = \inf_{s \in \mathbb R^{n}} \Phi(s), \qquad \Phi(s) = \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} \{s'\hat\zeta\} + \sup_{\zeta \in \mathcal V} \max\{r^0 + r'\zeta - s'\zeta,\ -s'\zeta\}.π1(r0,r)=s∈Rninf​Φ(s),Φ(s)=ζ^​∈Vsup​{s′ζ^​}+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.

Both quantities live in the extended reals: following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible maximization has value −∞-\infty−∞ and an infeasible minimization +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 909)

For closed convex V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V with V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int} \mathcal V \neq \emptysetV∩intV=∅, and all r0,rr^0, rr0,r,

sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π1(r0,r).\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^1(r^0, r).P∈F1​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π1(r0,r).

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 1. sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^1(r^0, r)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r), for arbitrary sets V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V.
  2. Remark after Theorem 1, first case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≥0r^0 + r'\zeta \ge 0r0+r′ζ≥0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value equals r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zetar0+supζ^​∈V​r′ζ^​, and Φ(r)=π1(r0,r)\Phi(r) = \pi^1(r^0, r)Φ(r)=π1(r0,r).
  3. Remark after Theorem 1, second case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≤0r^0 + r'\zeta \le 0r0+r′ζ≤0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value is 000, and Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0\Phi(0) = \pi^1(r^0, r) = 0Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0.
  4. Tightness part of Theorem 1. Under the goal's hypotheses, π1(r0,r)≤sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^1(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π1(r0,r)≤supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1 converts an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of probability measures into a finite-dimensional convex program over the given sets. When V\mathcal VV and V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V are representable by linear and second-order cone constraints, the epigraph of π1\pi^1π1 is a pair of robust constraints over those sets and is again tractable (Remark, p. 910). The bound is tight, so no better bound can be built from support and mean information alone. In the paper, π1\pi^1π1 is one of three building blocks; their infimal convolution (Theorem 4) prices the deflection in the deflected linear decision rules of §6, and the experiments there compare these rules against plain linear decision rules.

Formalizing it. The proof of Theorem 1 is in the paper's online appendix, not in the main text. A search of the Prove2Me library (October 2026) found no formal statement of this or any other mean-and-support bound. A formal proof has to settle the extended-real bookkeeping (empty families, unbounded suprema) and the exact hypotheses under which tightness holds. As printed, the theorem omits a condition: with no constraint qualification it fails when F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is empty, which can happen for disjoint closed convex sets. This mission states the corrected version.

Difficulty

The upper-bound part is weak duality and needs no structure on the sets. The difficulty is tightness. It amounts to a strong-duality statement between the worst case over distributions and the infimum over the multiplier sss, and strong duality for convex problems over unbounded sets needs a constraint qualification. Two obvious approaches fail. The first is to search for a single worst-case distribution: for unbounded V\mathcal VV the supremum over F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is generally not attained, and it may be +∞+\infty+∞. The second is to restrict to compact V\mathcal VV, which excludes the paper's main use, a segregation of an unbounded support such as (−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞)(-\infty, -1] \cup [-1, 1] \cup [1, \infty)(−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞). Mathlib has separating-hyperplane theorems but no Fenchel duality theorem, so this duality has to be built.

Formalization scope

  • A distribution is a measure PPP on Fin n → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure P, and the random vector is the identity map. Every coordinate is required to be PPP-integrable, so the mean is a genuine expectation; the mean is MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting.
  • P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is the almost-everywhere statement ∀ᵐ ζ ∂P, ζ ∈ V, which needs no measurability of V\mathcal VV.
  • The positive part is max (r0 + r ⬝ᵥ ζ) 0.
  • The worst-case value, both suprema and the infimum in (21) are taken in EReal. An empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞, an empty infimum +∞+\infty+∞, and an unbounded supremum +∞+\infty+∞. The paper's "inf" is ⨅; attainment is claimed only where the Remark claims it, via the objective Φ\PhiΦ (pi1Obj) at s=rs = rs=r and s=0s = 0s=0.
  • The paper's tractable conic representable sets are modelled as closed and convex sets. The goal and its tightness part also assume V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal V \ne \emptysetV∩intV=∅. This condition is not on the page; it is consistent with the paper's full-dimensionality assumptions (pp. 905–906), and it implies F1≠∅\mathbb F_1 \neq \emptysetF1​=∅.
  • The Remark's two cases assume V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V and V^≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \ne \emptysetV=∅. The paper's construction of V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V from one set H\mathcal HH (§4.5) gives the inclusion, and without it the first case is false.
  • The segregation map, the matrices FFF, ggg and the set H\mathcal HH of §4 are context only and are not formalized: the theorem is stated for an arbitrary random vector with the listed properties.
  • A real-valued supremum, a family without integrability (for which the mean would be a junk value), or a π1\pi^1π1 defined through the worst case would each trivialize the statement; the definitions avoid all three, and π1\pi^1π1 is defined directly from the sets.

Needed infrastructure: finite mixtures of Dirac masses as members of F1\mathbb F_1F1​, integration of almost-surely bounded functions, separation of convex sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a Fenchel-type duality for a concave function over a closed convex set under an interior-point condition. The duality and the concave-envelope facts are reusable well beyond this mission, including for Theorems 2–4 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on extended-real suprema of integrals, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4, Part 1 of 2):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A Min–Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in K. Arrow, ed., Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
  • W. Chen and M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009 (cited by the paper for the infimal convolution of bounds).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorem 31.1, Fenchel duality). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling IV: A ρ-Approximate Max-m-Cut Gives a (ρ + m(1 − ρ))-Approximate Schedule for Pm | | Σ wⱼCⱼResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling jobs on identical parallel machines to minimize the total weighted completion time ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​, the problem P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​, is one of the basic NP-hard problems of machine scheduling. On a single machine it is solved by Smith's ratio rule (Smith 1956); with several machines the only hard decision is which jobs share a machine. Section 6 of M. Skutella's paper Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling (J. ACM 48 (2001)) observes that this decision is a graph partitioning problem: the cost of a schedule is, up to a constant, the weight of the edges that a partition of a weighted complete graph does not cut. Minimizing ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​ on mmm machines is therefore equivalent to Max-mmm-Cut on that graph, and the paper shows that the equivalence preserves approximation in a quantified way.

The reduction explains, from the graph side, why semidefinite rounding works for two machines: with the 0.878-approximation for MaxCut of Goemans and Williamson (1995) it gives a 1.122-approximation for P2 ∣ ∣∑wjCjP2\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP2∣∣∑wj​Cj​ (Corollary 6.2 of the paper). For general mmm, the uniform random partition is both a (1−1/m)(1-1/m)(1−1/m)-approximation for Max-mmm-Cut and randomized rounding of the optimum of the convex quadratic relaxation (CQP).

Setting

There are nnn jobs J={1,…,n}J=\{1,\dots,n\}J={1,…,n} and m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 identical machines. Job jjj has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and a weight wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0. Smith's order ≺\prec≺ puts j≺kj\prec kj≺k when wj/pj>wk/pkw_j/p_j>w_k/p_kwj​/pj​>wk​/pk​, ties broken by index. An assignment σ:J→{1,…,m}\sigma:J\to\{1,\dots,m\}σ:J→{1,…,m} is a partition J1,…,JmJ_1,\dots,J_mJ1​,…,Jm​ of the jobs; each machine processes its jobs in the order ≺\prec≺ without idle time, so the completion time of jjj is

Cj(σ)=pj+∑k≺j, σ(k)=σ(j)pk.C_j(\sigma)=p_j+\sum_{k\prec j,\ \sigma(k)=\sigma(j)}p_k .Cj​(σ)=pj​+k≺j, σ(k)=σ(j)∑​pk​.

The value of σ\sigmaσ is ∑jwjCj(σ)\sum_j w_jC_j(\sigma)∑j​wj​Cj​(σ), and Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the minimum value over all assignments.

The graph GJG_JGJ​ is the complete graph on JJJ in which the edge {j,k}\{j,k\}{j,k} with k≺jk\prec jk≺j has weight c(jk)=wjpkc(jk)=w_jp_kc(jk)=wj​pk​; c(EJ)c(E_J)c(EJ​) is its total weight. A partition induces the mmm-cut EcutE_{\mathrm{cut}}Ecut​, the edges whose endpoints lie in different parts, of weight c(Ecut)c(E_{\mathrm{cut}})c(Ecut​); Zcut∗Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}Zcut∗​ is the maximum weight of an mmm-cut.

The convex quadratic relaxation (CQP) of §2.2, specialised to identical machines, has variables aij≥0a_{ij}\ge 0aij​≥0 with ∑iaij=1\sum_i a_{ij}=1∑i​aij​=1 and objective ZCQP(a)=∑jwjCjZ_{CQP}(a)=\sum_j w_jC_jZCQP​(a)=∑j​wj​Cj​ where

Cj=∑i=1maij(1+aij2 pj+∑k≺jaik pk)(11).C_j=\sum_{i=1}^m a_{ij}\Big(\frac{1+a_{ij}}{2}\,p_j+\sum_{k\prec j}a_{ik}\,p_k\Big)\qquad(11).Cj​=i=1∑m​aij​(21+aij​​pj​+k≺j∑​aik​pk​)(11).

Its optimum value is ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1

For ρ≤1\rho\le 1ρ≤1, any assignment σ\sigmaσ whose mmm-cut weighs at least ρ⋅Zcut∗\rho\cdot Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}ρ⋅Zcut∗​ satisfies

∑jwjCj(σ)≤(ρ+m(1−ρ)) Z∗.\sum_j w_jC_j(\sigma)\le\big(\rho+m(1-\rho)\big)\,Z^* .j∑​wj​Cj​(σ)≤(ρ+m(1−ρ))Z∗.

That is, a ρ\rhoρ-approximation algorithm for Max-mmm-Cut translates into a (ρ+m(1−ρ))(\rho+m(1-\rho))(ρ+m(1−ρ))-approximation algorithm for Pm ∣ ∣∑wjCjPm\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jPm∣∣∑wj​Cj​. The constant ρ\rhoρ is a parameter, so the goal does not depend on the best known cut algorithm.

Milestones

  1. (36): for every partition, c(EJ)=∑jwjCj−∑jwjpj+c(Ecut)c(E_J)=\sum_j w_jC_j-\sum_j w_jp_j+c(E_{\mathrm{cut}})c(EJ​)=∑j​wj​Cj​−∑j​wj​pj​+c(Ecut​).
  2. Lemma 2.5: aˉij=1/m\bar a_{ij}=1/maˉij​=1/m is an optimum of (CQP), unique when the ratios wj/pjw_j/p_jwj​/pj​ are pairwise different and positive.
  3. (37): Z∗≥ZCQP∗=1mc(EJ)+(12+12m)∑jwjpjZ^*\ge Z^*_{CQP}=\frac1m c(E_J)+\big(\frac12+\frac1{2m}\big)\sum_j w_jp_jZ∗≥ZCQP∗​=m1​c(EJ​)+(21​+2m1​)∑j​wj​pj​.
  4. (38): Zcut∗≤m−1mc(EJ)+(12−12m)∑jwjpjZ^*_{\mathrm{cut}}\le\frac{m-1}{m}c(E_J)+\big(\frac12-\frac1{2m}\big)\sum_j w_jp_jZcut∗​≤mm−1​c(EJ​)+(21​−2m1​)∑j​wj​pj​.
  5. Theorem 2.6 b) (supplementary): assigning each job independently and uniformly at random has expected value at most (32−12m)Z∗\big(\frac32-\frac1{2m}\big)Z^*(23​−2m1​)Z∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.1 makes Max-mmm-Cut algorithms usable for scheduling with an explicit loss: a cut algorithm with ratio ρ\rhoρ close to 111 yields a schedule within 1+m(1−ρ)1+m(1-\rho)1+m(1−ρ) of optimal. For m=2m=2m=2 and the Goemans–Williamson ratio 0.8780.8780.878 the guarantee is 1.1221.1221.122, better than the 5/45/45/4 of Theorem 2.6 b) and the 1.27521.27521.2752 of the paper's semidefinite rounding in §5. In the other direction, (38) bounds the maximum cut of GJG_JGJ​ by the scheduling lower bound ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​, which is how a relaxation for scheduling becomes a bound for a cut problem. The problem itself is better understood today: P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​ has a polynomial-time approximation scheme (Skutella and Woeginger 2000), and a fully polynomial one for fixed mmm (Sahni 1976). The reduction remains of interest as a structural identity between the two problems and as the source of the closed-form relaxation bound (37).

Formalizing it. All statements are proved in the paper; none is known to have a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of identical-machine scheduling under Smith's rule, of the weighted graph GJG_JGJ​ and its mmm-cuts, and of (CQP) for identical machines, together with the closed-form optimum of (CQP) (Lemma 2.5), which is the basis of the 32−12m\frac32-\frac1{2m}23​−2m1​ guarantee of Theorem 2.6 b).

Difficulty

The bookkeeping identity (36) and the final chain of inequalities are finite-sum manipulations. The substance is Lemma 2.5: that the uniform vector aˉ\bar aaˉ minimizes the quadratic objective (11) over the product of simplices. The objective is not separable, since the term ∑k≺jaikpk\sum_{k\prec j}a_{ik}p_k∑k≺j​aik​pk​ couples jobs through Smith's order, and its convexity on the feasible region (the positive semidefiniteness established in Lemma 2.4 of the paper) is the fact on which optimality and, with distinct positive ratios, uniqueness rest. The relaxation half of (37), that ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​ is at most the value of every schedule, needs the observation that ZCQPZ_{CQP}ZCQP​ evaluated at the 0/1 vector of an assignment equals the value of that assignment.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n and machines Fin m, 0-based; Smith's order is cross-multiplied (wjpk>wkpjw_jp_k>w_kp_jwj​pk​>wk​pj​, or equality and j<kj<kj<k), equal to the ratio definition because p>0p>0p>0. Assignments are functions Fin n → Fin m, and every machine is sequenced by ≺\prec≺; by Smith's rule (p. 7 of the paper, a classical result it cites) this loses no optimality, so Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the minimum over assignments and is never a primitive: "within factor α\alphaα of Z∗Z^*Z∗" is stated against the value of every assignment. Likewise "weight at least ρ⋅Zcut∗\rho\cdot Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}ρ⋅Zcut∗​" is stated as ρ c(Ecut(τ))≤c(Ecut(σ))\rho\,c(E_{\mathrm{cut}}(\tau))\le c(E_{\mathrm{cut}}(\sigma))ρc(Ecut​(τ))≤c(Ecut​(σ)) for every assignment τ\tauτ, so no supremum of an empty or unbounded set can enter. The edge weight is attached to the ordered pair (j,k)(j,k)(j,k) with k≺jk\prec jk≺j and is zero on the other orientation, so each edge of GJG_JGJ​ is counted once. Standing hypotheses on every theorem: pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0 (p. 2 of the paper) and m>0m>0m>0 (needed for 1/m1/m1/m). Theorem 6.1 keeps the page's ρ≤1\rho\le 1ρ≤1.

Not formalized: polynomial running time, the phrase "approximation algorithm" beyond the value bound it asserts, and the semidefinite results of §5 and Corollary 6.2. A trivializing reading, such as stating the cut condition against a junk-valued supremum or replacing Z∗Z^*Z∗ by a free variable, is excluded by the encodings above.

The development needs only finite sums over Fin types and real arithmetic; the model of identical-machine scheduling under Smith's rule and the closed form of (CQP) are reusable for other results on P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of Lemma 2.5 (the KKT argument the paper mentions, or Goemans' symmetrization argument it gives), and a proof of Theorem 2.6 b) are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, Journal of the ACM 48(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • M. X. Goemans and D. P. Williamson, Improved approximation algorithms for maximum cut and satisfiability problems using semidefinite programming, Journal of the ACM 42(6), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1145/227683.227684
  • A. Frieze and M. Jerrum, Improved approximation algorithms for MAX k-CUT and MAX BISECTION, Algorithmica 18, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02523689
  • M. Skutella and G. J. Woeginger, A PTAS for minimizing the total weighted completion time on identical parallel machines, Mathematics of Operations Research 25(1), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.25.1.63.15212
  • S. Sahni, Algorithms for scheduling independent tasks, Journal of the ACM 23(1), 1976. https://doi.org/10.1145/321921.321934
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Rate of Convergence of Optimal Solutions of Monte Carlo Approximations of Stochastic Programs 2: At a Sharp Minimum the SAA Problem Fails to Be Exact with Exponentially Small ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

The sample average approximation (SAA) method replaces an expectation in a stochastic program by the average over a random sample and solves the resulting deterministic problem. It is the standard way to solve two-stage stochastic linear programs with large or continuous scenario sets, and it underlies the stochastic counterpart and sample-path optimization methods of the 1990s. A basic question is how large the sample has to be.

For smooth problems the SAA optimal solution x^N\hat x_Nx^N​ converges to the true one at the rate N−1/2N^{-1/2}N−1/2 of the central limit theorem. A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello (SIAM J. Optim. 11(1), 2000) observed that for problems whose optimum is a sharp minimum, as is typical of two-stage linear programs with finitely many scenarios, the picture is different. In §2 of the paper they prove that the SAA problem then returns the exact true solution with probability one for all sufficiently large NNN. In §3, formalized here, they show that the probability of the complementary event, the SAA solution not being exactly xˉ\bar xxˉ, decays exponentially in NNN. One consequence they draw is that a modest sample can find the optimum of a problem with an astronomically large number of scenarios. This mission is the second of three on the paper; the first formalizes the almost sure statement (Theorem 2.1), the third the polyhedral case with multiple optima (Theorem 3.2).

Setting

Let PPP be a probability measure on a sample space (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F), Θ⊆Rm\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^mΘ⊆Rm, and h:Rm×Ω→Rh:\mathbb R^m\times\Omega\to\mathbb Rh:Rm×Ω→R. The true problem (1.1) is

min⁡x∈Θ f(x):=EP h(x,ω).\min_{x\in\Theta}\ f(x):=\mathbb E_P\,h(x,\omega).x∈Θmin​ f(x):=EP​h(x,ω).

Given an i.i.d. sample ω1,ω2,…\omega^1,\omega^2,\dotsω1,ω2,… with law PPP, the SAA problem (1.2) is

min⁡x∈Θ f^N(x):=1N∑j=1Nh(x,ωj).\min_{x\in\Theta}\ \hat f_N(x):=\frac1N\sum_{j=1}^N h(x,\omega^j).x∈Θmin​ f^​N​(x):=N1​j=1∑N​h(x,ωj).

AAA and ANA_NAN​ denote the sets of optimal solutions of (1.1) and (1.2). For a function ggg, g′(x,d)=lim⁡t↓0(g(x+td)−g(x))/tg'(x,d)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(g(x+td)-g(x))/tg′(x,d)=limt↓0​(g(x+td)−g(x))/t is its directional derivative, and hω′(x,d)h'_\omega(x,d)hω′​(x,d) is that of h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω). TΘ(xˉ)T_\Theta(\bar x)TΘ​(xˉ) is the tangent cone of Θ\ThetaΘ at xˉ\bar xxˉ, and Sm−1={d:∥d∥=1}S^{m-1}=\{d:\|d\|=1\}Sm−1={d:∥d∥=1}.

The standing hypotheses are those of Theorem 2.1 of the paper: (i) h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω) is convex for every ω\omegaω; (ii) fff is finite valued; (iii) Θ\ThetaΘ is closed and convex; (iv) Assumption (A): A={xˉ}A=\{\bar x\}A={xˉ} and xˉ\bar xxˉ is a sharp minimum, i.e. there is c>0c>0c>0 with

f(x)≥f(xˉ)+c∥x−xˉ∥for all x∈Θ.(2.2)f(x)\ge f(\bar x)+c\|x-\bar x\|\qquad\text{for all }x\in\Theta. \tag{2.2}f(x)≥f(xˉ)+c∥x−xˉ∥for all x∈Θ.(2.2)

Section 3 adds Assumption (B): with η(d,ω):=hω′(xˉ,d)\eta(d,\omega):=h'_\omega(\bar x,d)η(d,ω):=hω′​(xˉ,d) (3.1), there is κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 such that sup⁡d∈Sm−1∣η(d,ω)∣≤κ\sup_{d\in S^{m-1}}|\eta(d,\omega)|\le\kappasupd∈Sm−1​∣η(d,ω)∣≤κ for PPP-almost every ω\omegaω. It holds whenever Ω\OmegaΩ is finite.

The event of interest is

EN:={AN≠∅ and AN={xˉ}},(3.7)\mathcal E_N:=\{A_N\neq\emptyset\text{ and }A_N=\{\bar x\}\},\tag{3.7}EN​:={AN​=∅ and AN​={xˉ}},(3.7)

that the SAA problem has the unique optimal solution x^N=xˉ\hat x_N=\bar xx^N​=xˉ.

For a direction ddd, Md(t)=EPetη(d,ω)M_d(t)=\mathbb E_P e^{t\eta(d,\omega)}Md​(t)=EP​etη(d,ω) and Id(α)=sup⁡t∈R[tα−log⁡Md(t)]I_d(\alpha)=\sup_{t\in\mathbb R}[t\alpha-\log M_d(t)]Id​(α)=supt∈R​[tα−logMd​(t)] (3.5) is the one-dimensional rate function of η(d,ω)\eta(d,\omega)η(d,ω). On the Banach space Z=C(Sm−1)Z=C(S^{m-1})Z=C(Sm−1), I(z)=sup⁡z∗∈Z∗{z∗(z)−log⁡M(z∗)}I(z)=\sup_{z^*\in Z^*}\{z^*(z)-\log M(z^*)\}I(z)=supz∗∈Z∗​{z∗(z)−logM(z∗)} (3.4) is the rate function of the random element η(⋅,ω)\eta(\cdot,\omega)η(⋅,ω).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 11)

Under (i)–(iv) and Assumption (B) there is a constant β>0\beta>0β>0 with

lim sup⁡N→∞1Nlog⁡P(ENc)≤−β.(3.8)\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\log P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le-\beta.\tag{3.8}N→∞limsup​N1​logP(ENc​)≤−β.(3.8)

The goal asserts the existence of an exponential rate and does not fix its value.

Stronger: the explicit rate (p. 12)

With ccc from (2.2) and κ\kappaκ from (B),

lim sup⁡N→∞1Nlog⁡P(ENc)≤−c22κ2,\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\log P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le-\frac{c^2}{2\kappa^2},N→∞limsup​N1​logP(ENc​)≤−2κ2c2​,

which is (3.8) combined with (3.15).

Milestones

In the order of the proof:

  • the reduction P(ENc)≤P(ζN∈F)P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le P(\zeta_N\in F)P(ENc​)≤P(ζN​∈F) with ζN=f^N′(xˉ,⋅)\zeta_N=\hat f'_N(\bar x,\cdot)ζN​=f^​N′​(xˉ,⋅) and F={z:inf⁡TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1z≤0}F=\{z:\inf_{T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}}z\le0\}F={z:infTΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1​z≤0} (p. 11);
  • for a random variable XXX with ∣X∣≤κ|X|\le\kappa∣X∣≤κ and Λ(t)=log⁡EetX\Lambda(t)=\log\mathbb E e^{tX}Λ(t)=logEetX, the bounds ∣Λ′∣≤κ|\Lambda'|\le\kappa∣Λ′∣≤κ, ∣Λ′′∣≤κ2|\Lambda''|\le\kappa^2∣Λ′′∣≤κ2 (3.11) and ∣Λ′(t)−Λ′(s)∣≤κ2∣t−s∣|\Lambda'(t)-\Lambda'(s)|\le\kappa^2|t-s|∣Λ′(t)−Λ′(s)∣≤κ2∣t−s∣ (3.12);
  • the quadratic lower bound Id(α)≥∣α−αˉd∣2/(2κ2)I_d(\alpha)\ge|\alpha-\bar\alpha_d|^2/(2\kappa^2)Id​(α)≥∣α−αˉd​∣2/(2κ2) (3.13);
  • Id(0)≥c2/(2κ2)I_d(0)\ge c^2/(2\kappa^2)Id​(0)≥c2/(2κ2) on TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}TΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1 (3.14);
  • the comparison I(z)≥sup⁡dId(z(d))I(z)\ge\sup_{d}I_d(z(d))I(z)≥supd​Id​(z(d)) (3.6);
  • β=inf⁡z∈FI(z)≥c2/(2κ2)\beta=\inf_{z\in F}I(z)\ge c^2/(2\kappa^2)β=infz∈F​I(z)≥c2/(2κ2) (3.15).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 says that at a sharp minimum the SAA method is exact except on an event of probability O(e−βN)O(e^{-\beta N})O(e−βN). The sample size needed for a given confidence therefore grows only logarithmically in the confidence level, and it does not depend on the number of scenarios. This is the basis of the paper's numerical observation that problems with very many scenarios are solved exactly from samples of a few hundred. The explicit constant c2/(2κ2)c^2/(2\kappa^2)c2/(2κ2) relates the rate to two interpretable quantities: the sharpness ccc of the optimum and the bound κ\kappaκ on the subgradients of h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω) at xˉ\bar xxˉ.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A complete formalization produces three things. First, a Lean proof that the SAA problem recovers a sharp optimum exactly with exponentially small failure probability. Second, the elementary facts about cumulant generating functions of bounded variables, (3.11)–(3.13), which are reusable in any Chernoff-type argument. Third, the link between the rate function of a C(K)C(K)C(K)-valued random element and its one-dimensional projections, (3.6).

Difficulty

The event ENc\mathcal E_N^cENc​ is controlled by the positivity of a whole function, ζN(d)=f^N′(xˉ,d)\zeta_N(d)=\hat f_N'(\bar x,d)ζN​(d)=f^​N′​(xˉ,d), on the infinite set TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}TΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1. A Chernoff bound for each fixed direction ddd is easy, but there are uncountably many directions, so a union bound over ddd is not available. The paper handles this with Cramér's theorem in the separable Banach space C(Sm−1)C(S^{m-1})C(Sm−1), and that infinite-dimensional large deviations upper bound is not in Mathlib. A proof must either develop that bound or find a finite-dimensional substitute that keeps an exponential rate.

A second difficulty is conversion. Cramér's theorem gives a rate in terms of inf⁡z∈FI(z)\inf_{z\in F}I(z)infz∈F​I(z), and that infimum must be shown positive. Positivity comes from the sharpness constant ccc through the strong convexity of the one-dimensional rate functions, which needs the bounds (3.11)–(3.13) on the cumulant generating function.

Formalization scope

  • The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). The scenario space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) carries the law of one scenario. The sample is one i.i.d. sequence of Ω\OmegaΩ-valued maps on a separate probability space (S,Q)(S,Q)(S,Q), and f^N\hat f_Nf^​N​ uses its first NNN terms. Optimal sets are written without infima: AN={xˉ}A_N=\{\bar x\}AN​={xˉ} encodes "nonempty and equal to {xˉ}\{\bar x\}{xˉ}".
  • Directional derivatives are the limUnder of the difference quotient as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0. Every statement assumes (i), under which the limit exists. The tangent cone is Mathlib's tangentConeAt, which for convex Θ\ThetaΘ is the closure of the cone of feasible directions.
  • Disclosed pins.
    • "f finite valued" is PPP-integrability of every h(x,⋅)h(x,\cdot)h(x,⋅), which includes measurability.
    • Assumption (B) is stated pointwise in d∈Sm−1d\in S^{m-1}d∈Sm−1 under the almost sure quantifier.
    • ENc\mathcal E_N^cENc​ is not shown measurable, so its probability is an outer measure, and an upper bound on it is the stronger claim.
    • The rate (3.8) is stated in the equivalent form: there is β>0\beta>0β>0 such that for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually Q(ENc)≤e−(β−ε)NQ(\mathcal E_N^c)\le e^{-(\beta-\varepsilon)N}Q(ENc​)≤e−(β−ε)N. A logarithm of a real probability is never taken.
    • Rate functions IdI_dId​ and III take values in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. They use the published extended-real logMGF and legendre, under which Id(α)=+∞I_d(\alpha)=+\inftyId​(α)=+∞ for ∣α∣>κ|\alpha|>\kappa∣α∣>κ is a genuine value, not a default.
    • The one-dimensional bounds (3.11)–(3.13) are stated for an arbitrary bounded measurable random variable.
  • Trivializing readings are ruled out. The goal's β\betaβ is fixed before ε\varepsilonε and NNN, so it cannot depend on them. The event is uniqueness and equality, AN={xˉ}A_N=\{\bar x\}AN​={xˉ}, not xˉ∈AN\bar x\in A_Nxˉ∈AN​. The standing hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: a sorry-free check exhibits them for h(x,ω)=∥x∥h(x,\omega)=\|x\|h(x,ω)=∥x∥, Θ=Rm\Theta=\mathbb R^mΘ=Rm and a product-measure sample.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs: directional derivatives of finite convex functions and their continuity in the direction; interchange of directional derivative and expectation (Proposition 2.2 of the paper, formalized in the first mission of the series); derivatives of the cumulant generating function (Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cgf and its analyticity); and an exponential upper bound for empirical means in C(Sm−1)C(S^{m-1})C(Sm−1) or a substitute. The cumulant generating function lemmas and any Banach-space Cramér bound are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome for any milestone, and for alternative proofs of the goal that avoid Cramér's theorem in function space.

Selected references

  • A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello, On the rate of convergence of optimal solutions of Monte Carlo approximations of stochastic programs, SIAM J. Optim. 11(1):70–86, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623498349541 (formalized from the authors' preprint, Stochastic Programming E-Print Series)
  • J.-D. Deuschel and D. W. Stroock, Large Deviations, Academic Press, 1989 (Cramér's theorem in Banach spaces, cited as [8]).
  • J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty and C. Lemaréchal, Convex Analysis and Minimization Algorithms II, Springer, 1993, Theorem X.4.2.2 (strong convexity of conjugates, cited as [12]). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-06409-2
  • A. J. Kleywegt, A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello, The sample average approximation method for stochastic discrete optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 12(2):479–502, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499363220
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Price of Anarchy is Independent of the Network Topology: For a Standard Latency Class Containing the Constants, Two-Link Networks Attain the Worst Nash/Optimal Cost Ratio α(L)Research Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network where each unit of traffic picks its own route, the outcome is a Nash flow (Wardrop equilibrium): no traffic can lower its own latency by switching paths. It is well known since Pigou (1920) that such selfish routing can be inefficient: the total latency of a Nash flow may exceed that of the best centrally planned flow. The ratio between the two, maximized over a family of instances, is the price of anarchy. Network designers, transportation economists and computer scientists use it to decide when central coordination (tolls, routing protocols) is worth its cost.

Timeline:

  • 1920–1956. Pigou's two-road example shows inefficiency; Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956) formalize equilibrium flows and characterize optimal flows by marginal costs.
  • 2002. Roughgarden and Tardos (J. ACM 49(2), 2002) prove that with affine latencies ℓ(x)=ax+b\ell(x)=ax+bℓ(x)=ax+b the price of anarchy is exactly 4/34/34/3 in every network.
  • 2002–2003. Roughgarden (STOC 2002; journal version J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 67(2), 2003) shows that for any class of latency functions satisfying mild conditions the price of anarchy does not depend on the network: two parallel links are already worst possible. This mission formalizes that paper.
  • 2004. Correa, Schulz and Stier-Moses (Math. Oper. Res. 29(4), 2004) give a geometric proof of the same bound and extend it to capacitated networks.

Setting

A network is a finite directed multigraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E); parallel edges are allowed. There are kkk commodities; commodity iii has a source sis_isi​, a sink tit_iti​, a rate ri>0r_i>0ri​>0, and at least one simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ path. A flow fff assigns a nonnegative amount fPif^i_PfPi​ to each simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ path PPP; it is feasible if ∑PfPi=ri\sum_P f^i_P=r_i∑P​fPi​=ri​ for every iii. The edge flow is fe=∑i∑P∋efPif_e=\sum_i\sum_{P\ni e}f^i_Pfe​=∑i​∑P∋e​fPi​.

Each edge carries a latency function ℓe:[0,∞)→R\ell_e:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb Rℓe​:[0,∞)→R, nonnegative, differentiable and nondecreasing. The latency of a path is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​) and the cost of a flow is C(f)=∑i∑PℓP(f)fPiC(f)=\sum_i\sum_P\ell_P(f)f^i_PC(f)=∑i​∑P​ℓP​(f)fPi​. A feasible flow of least cost is optimal. A flow is a Nash flow (Definition 2.1) if moving any amount δ∈(0,fP1i]\delta\in(0,f^i_{P_1}]δ∈(0,fP1​i​] of commodity iii from a used path P1P_1P1​ to another path P2P_2P2​ yields a flow f~\tilde ff~​ with ℓP1(f)≤ℓP2(f~)\ell_{P_1}(f)\le\ell_{P_2}(\tilde f)ℓP1​​(f)≤ℓP2​​(f~​). The ratio between the cost of a Nash flow and of an optimal flow is ρ(G,r,ℓ)\rho(G,r,\ell)ρ(G,r,ℓ).

A latency function is standard if x ℓ(x)x\,\ell(x)xℓ(x) is convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); its marginal cost is ℓ∗(x)=ddx(x ℓ(x))\ell^*(x)=\frac{d}{dx}(x\,\ell(x))ℓ∗(x)=dxd​(xℓ(x)). A class L\mathcal LL of latency functions is standard if it contains a nonzero function and all its members are standard. The anarchy value of a standard ℓ\ellℓ is

α(ℓ)=sup⁡r>0: ℓ(r)>0[λμ+(1−λ)]−1,ℓ∗(λr)=ℓ(r), λ∈[0,1], μ=ℓ(λr)ℓ(r),\alpha(\ell)=\sup_{r>0:\ \ell(r)>0}\bigl[\lambda\mu+(1-\lambda)\bigr]^{-1},\qquad \ell^*(\lambda r)=\ell(r),\ \lambda\in[0,1],\ \mu=\frac{\ell(\lambda r)}{\ell(r)},α(ℓ)=r>0: ℓ(r)>0sup​[λμ+(1−λ)]−1,ℓ∗(λr)=ℓ(r), λ∈[0,1], μ=ℓ(r)ℓ(λr)​,

and α(L)=sup⁡0≠ℓ∈Lα(ℓ)∈[1,∞]\alpha(\mathcal L)=\sup_{0\neq\ell\in\mathcal L}\alpha(\ell)\in[1,\infty]α(L)=sup0=ℓ∈L​α(ℓ)∈[1,∞]. It is the worst ratio in a Pigou-type network: two parallel links, one with a constant latency and one with ℓ\ellℓ. Finally, G2G_2G2​ is the network with one source, one sink and two edges from source to sink.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For a standard class L\mathcal LL that contains the constant functions ℓ(x)=c\ell(x)=cℓ(x)=c, c>0c>0c>0, with I\mathcal II the set of all instances with latencies in L\mathcal LL and I2⊆I\mathcal I_2\subseteq\mathcal II2​⊆I the single-commodity instances on G2G_2G2​,

sup⁡(G2,r,ℓ)∈I2ρ(G2,r,ℓ)=α(L)=sup⁡(G,r,ℓ)∈Iρ(G,r,ℓ).\sup_{(G_2,r,\ell)\in\mathcal I_2}\rho(G_2,r,\ell)=\alpha(\mathcal L)=\sup_{(G,r,\ell)\in\mathcal I}\rho(G,r,\ell).(G2​,r,ℓ)∈I2​sup​ρ(G2​,r,ℓ)=α(L)=(G,r,ℓ)∈Isup​ρ(G,r,ℓ).

It is stated as two parts: every ratio C(f)/C(f∗)C(f)/C(f^*)C(f)/C(f∗) of a feasible Nash flow to a feasible flow of positive cost, in any network with any number of commodities, is at most α(L)\alpha(\mathcal L)α(L); and every value below α(L)\alpha(\mathcal L)α(L) is exceeded by such a ratio on G2G_2G2​.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof: the edge form of the cost (§2.1), the shortest-path characterization of Nash flows (Proposition 2.2), the cost of a Nash flow (Proposition 2.3), monotonicity and continuity of marginal costs (§2.3), existence of λ\lambdaλ (§3.1), Lemmas 3.5–3.7, the upper bound ρ≤α(L)\rho\le\alpha(\mathcal L)ρ≤α(L) (Theorem 3.8) and the two-link lower bound (Lemma 4.1).

Companion results

Lemma 4.4 and Theorem 4.5 replace "contains the constants" by diversity (for each c>0c>0c>0 some ℓ∈L\ell\in\mathcal Lℓ∈L has ℓ(0)=c\ell(0)=cℓ(0)=c) and show that networks of parallel links are worst possible among single-commodity instances. Proposition 5.1 computes the price of anarchy of polynomials of degree at most ppp with nonnegative coefficients:

sup⁡Ipρ=[1−p (p+1)−(p+1)/p]−1=Θ ⁣(pln⁡p).\sup_{\mathcal I_p}\rho=\bigl[1-p\,(p+1)^{-(p+1)/p}\bigr]^{-1}=\Theta\!\left(\frac{p}{\ln p}\right).Ip​sup​ρ=[1−p(p+1)−(p+1)/p]−1=Θ(lnpp​).

Significance

The theorem reduces a combinatorial question (the worst instance over all networks and all commodity structures) to a one-dimensional calculus problem: computing α(ℓ)\alpha(\ell)α(ℓ) for the steepest functions of the class. It yields exact prices of anarchy for polynomial latencies (Proposition 5.1), for M/M/1 delay functions and others, and it shows that the inefficiency of selfish routing is never caused by the interaction of commodities or by network structure: Pigou's two-link example already captures it. The bound has become a standard reference point for later work on smoothness arguments, tolls and Stackelberg routing.

The result is proved; it has not been formalized. This mission produces a machine-checked model of nonatomic multicommodity routing on directed multigraphs (simple paths, path flows, Nash flows in the paper's own definition, marginal costs), the general upper bound for an arbitrary standard class, and the matching lower bound in two-link and parallel-link networks. Alternative arguments, such as the variational-inequality proof of Correa, Schulz and Stier-Moses, are equally welcome as proofs of the same statements.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, following Roughgarden–Tardos for affine latencies, scales the Nash flow down by a constant factor and shows the result is optimal for reduced rates. For nonlinear latencies no single factor works. The paper's proof scales each edge by its own factor λe\lambda_eλe​, which produces a pseudoflow that obeys no conservation constraints, and the augmentation from it to an optimal flow must then be priced edge by edge. Formally, the scaling factors are solutions of ℓe∗(λefe)=ℓe(fe)\ell_e^*(\lambda_e f_e)=\ell_e(f_e)ℓe∗​(λe​fe​)=ℓe​(fe​) that need not be unique, marginal costs are one-sided derivatives at 000, and the anarchy value may be infinite, so every comparison has to be valid in the extended reals.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in PoAIndep.Topology. A network is a pair of finite types with endpoint maps src tgt : E → V; parallel edges are free. Simple paths are nonempty edge lists with a repetition-free vertex sequence, so commodities with si=tis_i=t_isi​=ti​ are excluded. A flow stores one finitely supported path flow per commodity. Latency functions are maps R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R whose properties (nonnegative, differentiable, nondecreasing; for standard ones, xℓ(x)x\ell(x)xℓ(x) convex) are required on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only, and ℓ∗\ell^*ℓ∗ is the derivative within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The standing assumptions of §2.1 (ri>0r_i>0ri​>0, Pi≠∅\mathcal P_i\neq\emptysetPi​=∅, latency properties) are fields of the Instance structure; standardness of the latencies enters through the class L\mathcal LL.

The anarchy values live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; α(ℓ)\alpha(\ell)α(ℓ) is the supremum over all admissible pairs (r,λ)(r,\lambda)(r,λ), which equals the page's value because the expression does not depend on the choice of λ\lambdaλ. Instead of ρ\rhoρ, which presupposes existence and uniqueness of the Nash cost (Proposition 2.4, cited by the paper), statements bound C(f)/C(f∗)C(f)/C(f^*)C(f)/C(f∗) for every feasible Nash flow fff and every feasible f∗f^*f∗ with C(f∗)>0C(f^*)>0C(f∗)>0. The networks G2G_2G2​ and GmG_mGm​ are instances of the general model, so I2⊆I\mathcal I_2\subseteq\mathcal II2​⊆I holds literally.

The Nash condition is Definition 2.1, not the shortest-path characterization, and the cost is the path sum, not the edge sum; both alternatives would make milestones trivial. The goal is not satisfied by the two-link lower bound alone: its upper part quantifies over every network and every number of commodities.

Reusable beyond this mission: the routing model, Nash flows, marginal costs and the anarchy value, which also underlie the companion paper on the 4/34/34/3 bound and later work on tolls and Stackelberg strategies. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas about convex functions with one-sided derivatives, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, STOC 2002, pp. 428–437; journal version J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 67(2):341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1145/509967.509971
  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How bad is selfish routing?, J. ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • J. R. Correa, A. S. Schulz and N. E. Stier-Moses, Selfish routing in capacitated networks, Math. Oper. Res. 29(4):961–976, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0098
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956.
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Part II, 1:325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Sample Average Approximation Method for Stochastic Discrete Optimization 2: √N(v̂_N − v*) Converges in Distribution to the Minimum over S* of a Centered Gaussian VectorResearch Paper

Motivation

Many decision problems in operations research have a finite set of alternatives and an objective that is an expectation: choose a configuration, a route or a stocking level xxx from a finite set S\mathcal SS to minimize the expected cost E G(x,W)\mathbb E\,G(x, W)EG(x,W), where WWW is random. When the expectation cannot be computed in closed form, the sample average approximation (SAA) method draws an i.i.d. sample W1,…,WNW^1, \dots, W^NW1,…,WN, replaces the expectation by the sample average, and solves the resulting deterministic problem. Its optimal value v^N\hat v_Nv^N​ is used in practice as an estimate of the true optimal value v∗v^*v∗, and statistical bounds on the quality of a candidate solution are built from replications of v^N\hat v_Nv^N​ (Mak, Morton and Wood, 1999). Confidence statements of that kind need the distribution of v^N\hat v_Nv^N​, at least asymptotically.

Kleywegt and Shapiro (preprint, two-author version; published with Homem-de-Mello in SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2002)) gave the asymptotic distribution of v^N\hat v_Nv^N​ for discrete problems in their Proposition 2.3. The analogous result for problems with continuous decision variables is due to Shapiro (1991); the discrete statement needs neither compactness nor Lipschitz continuity in xxx, and requires finite variances only at the optimal solutions.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS be a nonempty finite set, W\mathcal WW a measurable space, and G:S×W→RG : \mathcal S \times \mathcal W \to \mathbb RG:S×W→R a function such that for every x∈Sx \in \mathcal Sx∈S the map G(x,⋅)G(x, \cdot)G(x,⋅) is measurable and E ∣G(x,W)∣<∞\mathbb E\,|G(x, W)| < \inftyE∣G(x,W)∣<∞, where WWW is a random element of W\mathcal WW. The true problem (1.1) is

v∗=min⁡x∈Sg(x),g(x)=E G(x,W),v^* = \min_{x \in \mathcal S} g(x), \qquad g(x) = \mathbb E\, G(x, W),v∗=x∈Smin​g(x),g(x)=EG(x,W),

and its set of optimal solutions is S∗={x∈S:g(x)=v∗}\mathcal S^* = \{x \in \mathcal S : g(x) = v^*\}S∗={x∈S:g(x)=v∗}. Given an i.i.d. sample W1,W2,…W^1, W^2, \dotsW1,W2,… of WWW, the sample average function and the SAA problem (2.1) are

g^N(x)=1N∑n=1NG(x,Wn),v^N=min⁡x∈Sg^N(x),\hat g_N(x) = \frac1N \sum_{n=1}^N G(x, W^n), \qquad \hat v_N = \min_{x \in \mathcal S} \hat g_N(x),g^​N​(x)=N1​n=1∑N​G(x,Wn),v^N​=x∈Smin​g^​N​(x),

with optimal set S^N\hat{\mathcal S}_NS^N​. Because S\mathcal SS is finite, all minima are attained. For x∈Sx \in \mathcal Sx∈S the variance σ2(x)=Var⁡{G(x,W)}\sigma^2(x) = \operatorname{Var}\{G(x, W)\}σ2(x)=Var{G(x,W)} of (2.7) may or may not exist; when the variances exist on a subset T⊆ST \subseteq \mathcal ST⊆S, the autocovariance of GGG on TTT is the matrix (Cov⁡(G(x,W),G(x′,W)))x,x′∈T\big(\operatorname{Cov}(G(x, W), G(x', W))\big)_{x, x' \in T}(Cov(G(x,W),G(x′,W)))x,x′∈T​. Convergence in distribution is written ⇒\Rightarrow⇒.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.3, (2.8)

If the variances σ2(x)\sigma^2(x)σ2(x) exist for every x∈S∗x \in \mathcal S^*x∈S∗, then

N (v^N−v∗)  ⇒  min⁡x∈S∗Y(x),\sqrt N\,(\hat v_N - v^*) \;\Rightarrow\; \min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} Y(x),N​(v^N​−v∗)⇒x∈S∗min​Y(x),

where (Y(x))x∈S∗(Y(x))_{x \in \mathcal S^*}(Y(x))x∈S∗​ is a Gaussian vector with zero mean and Cov⁡(Y(x),Y(x′))=Cov⁡(G(x,W),G(x′,W))\operatorname{Cov}(Y(x), Y(x')) = \operatorname{Cov}(G(x, W), G(x', W))Cov(Y(x),Y(x′))=Cov(G(x,W),G(x′,W)). The statement is general in the number of optimal solutions: when S∗\mathcal S^*S∗ has more than one point, the limit is the minimum of a correlated Gaussian vector, which is not normal and has negative mean.

Milestones (in the order of the paper's argument)

  1. Almost surely, v^N−min⁡x∈S∗g^N(x)=0\hat v_N - \min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} \hat g_N(x) = 0v^N​−minx∈S∗​g^​N​(x)=0 for all NNN large enough.
  2. (2.6): N [v^N−min⁡x∈S∗g^N(x)]→0\sqrt N\,[\hat v_N - \min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} \hat g_N(x)] \to 0N​[v^N​−minx∈S∗​g^​N​(x)]→0 almost surely and in probability.
  3. N [min⁡x∈S∗g^N(x)−v∗]=min⁡x∈S∗{N [g^N(x)−g(x)]}\sqrt N\,[\min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} \hat g_N(x) - v^*] = \min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} \{\sqrt N\,[\hat g_N(x) - g(x)]\}N​[minx∈S∗​g^​N​(x)−v∗]=minx∈S∗​{N​[g^​N​(x)−g(x)]}.
  4. The joint central limit theorem: for T⊆ST \subseteq \mathcal ST⊆S with finite variances,
(N [g^N(x)−g(x)])x∈T  ⇒  (Y(x))x∈T.\Big(\sqrt N\,[\hat g_N(x) - g(x)]\Big)_{x \in T} \;\Rightarrow\; (Y(x))_{x \in T}.(N​[g^​N​(x)−g(x)])x∈T​⇒(Y(x))x∈T​.

Companions

  • (2.9): if S∗={x∗}\mathcal S^* = \{x^*\}S∗={x∗}, then N (v^N−v∗)⇒N(0,σ2(x∗))\sqrt N\,(\hat v_N - v^*) \Rightarrow N(0, \sigma^2(x^*))N​(v^N​−v∗)⇒N(0,σ2(x∗)).
  • Negative bias (pp. 4–5): for every N≥1N \ge 1N≥1, E[v^N]≤v∗\mathbb E[\hat v_N] \le v^*E[v^N​]≤v∗.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2.3 identifies the first-order fluctuations of the SAA optimal value. It shows that v^N\hat v_Nv^N​ is N\sqrt NN​-consistent, that it is asymptotically normal when the true optimum is unique, and that its asymptotic bias is of order N−1/2N^{-1/2}N−1/2 and equal to E[min⁡x∈S∗Y(x)]<0\mathbb E[\min_{x \in \mathcal S^*} Y(x)] < 0E[minx∈S∗​Y(x)]<0 when several solutions are optimal and their costs are not perfectly correlated. Confidence intervals and stopping rules for SAA, and the statistical lower bounds used to assess candidate solutions, rest on this description.

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved on paper; it has not been machine-checked. A formal proof requires a multivariate central limit theorem, which this Mathlib does not contain (only the one-dimensional CLT is available), together with the transfer of convergence in distribution through the continuous map y↦min⁡xy(x)y \mapsto \min_x y(x)y↦minx​y(x) and through perturbations that vanish in probability. These components are general probability results whose use extends well beyond stochastic programming. The negative-bias inequality and the singleton case (2.9) are included as companion targets.

Difficulty

The argument on the page is short, and each step names a standard theorem. The formal difficulty is that two of those theorems are not available in the needed form. The central limit theorem is used for a random vector indexed by S∗\mathcal S^*S∗, with an arbitrary, possibly singular, covariance matrix; a coordinatewise application of the one-dimensional CLT gives only the marginal limits, which do not determine the law of the minimum. The step from (2.6) to (2.8) combines convergence in distribution with a term that tends to zero in probability, which requires a Slutsky-type lemma on the real line. The tempting simplification of assuming a unique optimal solution removes exactly the case in which the limit is not normal, and is therefore not the goal.

Formalization scope

The feasible set is a Finset of an arbitrary type X, assumed nonempty; minima over it and over S∗\mathcal S^*S∗ are Finset.inf', so they are attained. S∗\mathcal S^*S∗ is the Finset of minimizers of ggg. The sample is a sequence W : ℕ → Ω → 𝒲 of measurable maps on a probability space, mutually independent (iIndepFun) and identically distributed with W 0; the paper's WnW^nWn is W (n - 1), and g(x)g(x)g(x) is the expectation of G(x,W1)G(x, W^1)G(x,W1). Measurability of G(x,⋅)G(x, \cdot)G(x,⋅) is Borel measurability. "The variance exists" is square integrability (MemLp … 2), assumed in the goal only on S∗\mathcal S^*S∗, exactly as in the Proposition. Convergence in distribution is Mathlib's TendstoInDistribution; the limit is any random vector YYY, on any probability space, whose law is multivariateGaussian 0 Σ on the Euclidean space RS∗\mathbb R^{\mathcal S^*}RS∗, with Σ\SigmaΣ the autocovariance matrix of GGG on S∗\mathcal S^*S∗. That matrix is positive semidefinite under the variance hypothesis, so the Gaussian law is genuine (Mathlib's multivariateGaussian degenerates to a point mass only for a matrix that is not positive semidefinite). The milestone CLT is stated jointly, for every subfamily T⊆ST \subseteq \mathcal ST⊆S with finite variances; the page states it for T=ST = \mathcal ST=S in terms of marginals plus covariances.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the limit is indexed by S∗\mathcal S^*S∗ and not by S\mathcal SS, its covariance is the autocovariance of GGG and not a free matrix, square integrability is assumed wherever a covariance is used, and the negative-bias statement asserts integrability of v^N\hat v_Nv^N​ so that the Bochner integral is not its junk value 000.

A complete development needs the multivariate central limit theorem for i.i.d. square-integrable vectors (for instance through characteristic functions or the Cramér–Wold device), the continuous mapping theorem, a Slutsky lemma, and the strong law of large numbers applied to finitely many functions. The multivariate CLT and the Slutsky lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any of these, and proofs of any item, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. J. Kleywegt and A. Shapiro, The sample average approximation method for stochastic discrete optimization, preprint (two-author version), https://edoc.hu-berlin.de/server/api/core/bitstreams/2dcf2d5b-5fb9-44d1-b36a-5e378c803717/content. Published with T. Homem-de-Mello in SIAM J. Optim. 12(2):479–502, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499363220
  • A. Shapiro, Asymptotic analysis of stochastic programs, Annals of Operations Research 30:169–186, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02204815
  • W. K. Mak, D. P. Morton and R. K. Wood, Monte Carlo bounding techniques for determining solution quality in stochastic programs, Operations Research Letters 24:47–56, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(98)00054-6
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718751
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 1: With Random Objective, the Risk-Averse Minimax Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (7)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs choose a first-stage decision xxx before a random parameter is revealed and a recourse decision www afterwards. The classical model assumes the distribution of the random data is known. In practice it is estimated, and often only its first two moments are trusted. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach hedges against this ambiguity by minimizing the worst-case expected cost over all distributions consistent with the known information; it goes back to Žáčková (1966) and Dupačová (1987). A second concern is risk: a decision maker who is not risk neutral evaluates the random second-stage cost through a nondecreasing convex disutility, not through its mean.

Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine both: the distribution of the second-stage data is known only through its mean and second-moment matrix, and the second-stage cost is passed through a piecewise-linear convex disutility. For the case where the randomness is in the objective of the second-stage problem, they show that the resulting minimax problem is exactly a single semidefinite program of polynomial size. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 2.1 of the paper, and the steps of its proof.

Setting

The first-stage feasible region is X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0}X=\{x\in\mathbb R^n : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0} for A∈Rm1×nA\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times n}A∈Rm1​×n, b∈Rm1b\in\mathbb R^{m_1}b∈Rm1​, with first-stage cost vector c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n and h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the recourse set of xxx is X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0}X(x)=\{w\in\mathbb R^d : Ww=h-Tx,\ w\ge 0\}X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0}. For an objective vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd, the second-stage cost is the value of a linear program,

Q(q,x)=min⁡w q′ws.t.Ww=h−Tx, w≥0.\mathcal Q(q,x)=\min_{w}\ q'w\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ww=h-Tx,\ w\ge 0 .Q(q,x)=wmin​ q′ws.t.Ww=h−Tx, w≥0.

The disutility is U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0, a nondecreasing convex piecewise-linear function; K=1K=1K=1, α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, β1=0\beta_1=0β1​=0 is the risk-neutral case.

The objective q~\tilde qq~​ of the second stage is random, the right-hand side hhh is constant. The moment class P\mathcal PP consists of all probability distributions of q~\tilde qq~​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with EP[q~]=μ\mathbb E_P[\tilde q]=\muEP​[q~​]=μ and EP[q~q~′]=Q\mathbb E_P[\tilde q\tilde q']=QEP​[q~​q~​′]=Q. The problem studied is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z(x)),Z(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(q~,x))].(2)Z=\min_{x\in X}\Big(c'x+Z(x)\Big),\qquad Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P\big[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde q,x))\big]. \tag{2}Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z(x)),Z(x)=P∈Psup​EP​[U(Q(q~​,x))].(2)

The inner supremum is an infinite-dimensional linear program over distributions (the paper's (5)). Its dual (6) is the semi-infinite program

ZD(x)=min⁡Y,y,y0 Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,Z_D(x)=\min_{Y,y,y_0}\ Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\quad\text{s.t.}\quad q'Yq+q'y+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(q,x))\ \ \forall q\in\mathbb R^d,ZD​(x)=Y,y,y0​min​ Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0​≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,

over symmetric YYY, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​. The paper's standing assumptions are: XXX is nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse (Assumption 2); {π∈Rr:W′π≤q}≠∅\{\pi\in\mathbb R^r : W'\pi\le q\}\neq\emptyset{π∈Rr:W′π≤q}=∅ for all qqq (Assumption 3); and Q−μμ′≻0Q-\mu\mu'\succ 0Q−μμ′≻0 (Assumption 4).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

Under the assumptions, with Mk=(Y12(y−αkwk)12(y−αkwk)′y0−βk)M_k=\begin{pmatrix}Y&\frac12(y-\alpha_k w_k)\\ \frac12(y-\alpha_k w_k)'&y_0-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}Mk​=(Y21​(y−αk​wk​)′​21​(y−αk​wk​)y0​−βk​​),

Z=ZSDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0,wk c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t.  Mk⪰0, Wwk+Tx=h, wk≥0 (k=1,…,K), Ax=b, x≥0,(7)Z=Z_{\mathrm{SDP}}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0,w_k}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ M_k\succeq 0,\ Ww_k+Tx=h,\ w_k\ge0\ (k=1,\dots,K),\ Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{7}Z=ZSDP​=x,Y,y,y0​,wk​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t.  Mk​⪰0, Wwk​+Tx=h, wk​≥0 (k=1,…,K), Ax=b, x≥0,(7)

and, for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, Z(x)Z(x)Z(x) equals the value of the program (8) obtained from (7) by fixing xxx. The Lean goal also asserts that both ZZZ and ZSDPZ_{\mathrm{SDP}}ZSDP​ are genuine greatest lower bounds of their sets of objective values.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Weak duality Z(x)≤ZD(x)Z(x)\le Z_D(x)Z(x)≤ZD​(x) (§2.1, p. 583).
  2. Strong duality Z(x)=ZD(x)Z(x)=Z_D(x)Z(x)=ZD​(x) under Assumption 4 (§2.1, p. 583, citing Isii).
  3. Any (Y,y,y0)(Y,y,y_0)(Y,y,y0​) satisfying the kkk-th constraint (Ck)(\mathcal C_k)(Ck​) of (6) has Y⪰0Y\succeq 0Y⪰0.
  4. Under Assumption 3, X(x)X(x)X(x) is bounded and convex.
  5. The minimax exchange inf⁡qmax⁡w∈X(x)=max⁡w∈X(x)inf⁡q\inf_q\max_{w\in X(x)}=\max_{w\in X(x)}\inf_qinfq​maxw∈X(x)​=maxw∈X(x)​infq​ for q′Yq+q′y+y0−αkq′w−βkq'Yq+q'y+y_0-\alpha_kq'w-\beta_kq′Yq+q′y+y0​−αk​q′w−βk​.
  6. (Ck)(\mathcal C_k)(Ck​) holds iff a single wk∈X(x)w_k\in X(x)wk​∈X(x) satisfies the inequality for every qqq.
  7. The matrix inequality form: a quadratic [q;1]′M[q;1][q;1]'M[q;1][q;1]′M[q;1] is nonnegative for all qqq iff M⪰0M\succeq 0M⪰0 (a published, proved theorem, referenced).
  8. The dual (6) and the semidefinite program (8) have the same objective values (p. 584).

Significance

Theorem 2.1 turns a minimax problem over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions, with a nonlinear risk measure applied to an LP value function, into one semidefinite program whose size is polynomial in nnn, ddd, rrr and KKK. Off-the-shelf interior-point solvers then compute the risk-averse minimax decision, and the dual of (8) yields an explicit worst-case distribution (Theorem 2.2, formalized in the companion mission). The paper contrasts this with Delage and Ye's ellipsoid-method result, which covers a larger class of functions but gives no single compact program, and with the random right-hand-side case, which it shows to be NP-hard.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematics. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of it is formalized: no moment-problem duality theorem, no reformulation of a distributionally robust two-stage program, and no instance of the S-lemma-type step "∀q ∃w\forall q\ \exists w∀q ∃w becomes ∃w ∀q\exists w\ \forall q∃w ∀q" exist in machine-checked form. A complete development would provide the moment-problem strong duality for a specific continuous integrand with linear growth, which other distributionally robust optimization results reuse.

Difficulty

The obvious argument dualizes the moment problem and then substitutes the formula for Q\mathcal QQ. Two steps resist this. First, strong duality for the moment problem is not a finite-dimensional LP fact: it needs the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone, and passing from that to "no duality gap" requires a separation argument in an infinite-dimensional space together with integrability of the integrand under every distribution with finite second moments. Second, constraint (6) is a "for every qqq there is a www" statement, because Q(q,x)\mathcal Q(q,x)Q(q,x) is a minimum over www. Replacing it with one wkw_kwk​ that works for all qqq is not a formal manipulation: it needs Y⪰0Y\succeq 0Y⪰0, which is not a constraint of (6) but a consequence of it, then a minimax theorem with the compact side X(x)X(x)X(x), then attainment of the outer maximum. Both the boundedness of X(x)X(x)X(x) and the convexity in qqq are derived, not assumed.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ; indices kkk run over Fin K with K≥1K\ge 1K≥1. The paper's letter ppp denotes both the dimension of qqq and the LP dual vector; here the dimension is ddd and dual vectors are π\piπ. Distributions are probability measures with square-integrable coordinates (the platform's MomentDRO.Conf moment objects), not the densities written in (5). Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of the set of objective values; attainment is not claimed except where a statement says so. Q(q,x)\mathcal Q(q,x)Q(q,x) is a real infimum and is only used where X(x)≠∅X(x)\neq\emptysetX(x)=∅ and Assumption 3 hold, which make it finite. Positive semidefiniteness is Matrix.PosSemidef on matrices indexed by Fin d ⊕ Fin 1. The minimax exchange is stated in EReal, since inf⁡q\inf_qinfq​ can be −∞-\infty−∞.

As printed, Assumptions 2 and 3 contradict each other whenever r≥1r\ge1r≥1: complete recourse produces a nonzero u≥0u\ge0u≥0 with Wu=0Wu=0Wu=0, and Assumption 3 at q=−uq=-uq=−u is then infeasible. A statement assuming both would be vacuous. The formalization therefore uses what the proof of Theorem 2.1 uses: Assumption 3 for all qqq, and X(x)≠∅X(x)\neq\emptysetX(x)=∅ for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X in place of Assumption 2. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (e.g. W=1W=1W=1, T=0T=0T=0, h=0h=0h=0, X={0}X=\{0\}X={0}, μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1). Program (7) is defined as one joint program over (x,Y,y,y0,w1,…,wK)(x,Y,y,y_0,w_1,\dots,w_K)(x,Y,y,y0​,w1​,…,wK​), never through ZD(x)Z_D(x)ZD​(x), so the goal is not strong duality plus unfolding.

Needed infrastructure: integrability of LP value functions under second-moment distributions, the moment-problem strong duality, Sion's minimax theorem (available in Mathlib and on the platform), and the bordered-matrix characterization of nonnegative quadratics (already proved on the platform). Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas about LP value functions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On the sharpness of Chebyshev-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics, 185–197, 1963 (reference [15] of the paper; volume as printed there). https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8(1):171–176, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • J. Dupačová, The minimax approach to stochastic programming and an illustrative application, Stochastics 20(1):73–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1080/17442508708833436
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Combinatorial Algorithm Minimizing Submodular Functions in Strongly Polynomial Time II: Minimizing a Submodular Function over a Ring Family Reduces to Minimizing over All SubsetsResearch Paper

Motivation

A submodular function on a finite set VVV is a function fff on subsets of VVV with f(X∪Y)+f(X∩Y)≤f(X)+f(Y)f(X \cup Y) + f(X \cap Y) \le f(X) + f(Y)f(X∪Y)+f(X∩Y)≤f(X)+f(Y). Minimizing such a function is one of the central tractable problems of combinatorial optimization: it contains minimum cuts in directed graphs, matroid intersection and polymatroid problems, and many scheduling and facility-location subproblems. Grötschel, Lovász and Schrijver showed in 1981 that it can be done in polynomial time with the ellipsoid method; in 2000, Schrijver (JCTB 80, 346–355) and, simultaneously, Iwata, Fleischer and Fujishige (J. ACM 48, 2001) gave the first combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithms.

In many applications the function is not defined on all subsets of VVV but only on a ring family: a collection closed under union and intersection, such as the order ideals of a precedence relation in scheduling, or the sets of a closure system. The last section of Schrijver's paper (§6, pp. 353–354) shows that nothing is lost: any algorithm minimizing submodular functions on all subsets of VVV also minimizes a submodular function given only on a ring family. This mission formalizes that reduction.

Setting

Let VVV be a finite set. A collection C\mathcal CC of subsets of VVV is a ring family if X∪Y∈CX \cup Y \in \mathcal CX∪Y∈C and X∩Y∈CX \cap Y \in \mathcal CX∩Y∈C whenever X,Y∈CX, Y \in \mathcal CX,Y∈C. A real function fff is submodular on C\mathcal CC if

f(X∪Y)+f(X∩Y)≤f(X)+f(Y)(X,Y∈C).f(X \cup Y) + f(X \cap Y) \le f(X) + f(Y) \qquad (X, Y \in \mathcal C).f(X∪Y)+f(X∩Y)≤f(X)+f(Y)(X,Y∈C).

Following the paper, C\mathcal CC is normalized: ∅∈C\emptyset \in \mathcal C∅∈C, V∈CV \in \mathcal CV∈C, and Mu≠MvM_u \ne M_vMu​=Mv​ for all u≠vu \ne vu=v, where MvM_vMv​ is the smallest set of C\mathcal CC containing vvv. (Elements with the same MvM_vMv​ can be identified.) Under this normalization C\mathcal CC is the family of lower ideals of a partial order on VVV.

For X⊆VX \subseteq VX⊆V, the closure X‾\overline XX is the smallest set of C\mathcal CC containing XXX. For v∈Vv \in Vv∈V, LvL_vLv​ is the largest set of C\mathcal CC not containing vvv. The paper defines weights

c(v):=max⁡{0, f(Lv)−f(Lv∪{v})}(23)c(v) := \max\{0,\ f(L_v) - f(L_v \cup \{v\})\} \qquad (23)c(v):=max{0, f(Lv​)−f(Lv​∪{v})}(23)

with the modular extension c(X):=∑v∈Xc(v)c(X) := \sum_{v \in X} c(v)c(X):=∑v∈X​c(v), and the function on all subsets of VVV

g(X):=f(X‾)+c(X‾)(X⊆V).(26)g(X) := f(\overline X) + c(\overline X) \qquad (X \subseteq V). \qquad (26)g(X):=f(X)+c(X)(X⊆V).(26)

In Lean, VVV is a type with [Fintype V] [DecidableEq V], subsets are Finset V, C\mathcal CC is C : Set (Finset V), and the objects above are IsRingFamily C, SubmodularOn C f, closure C X, M C v, L C v, cw C f v (for c(v)c(v)c(v)), csum C f X (for c(X)c(X)c(X)) and g C f X, all in the namespace SchrijverSFM.Ring.

Formalization targets

Goal: the reduction

Under the normalization above, for fff submodular on C\mathcal CC:

g is submodular on all subsets of V,g \text{ is submodular on all subsets of } V,g is submodular on all subsets of V,

and, if U⊆VU \subseteq VU⊆V minimizes g(U)−c(U)g(U) - c(U)g(U)−c(U) over all subsets of VVV, then U‾∈C\overline U \in \mathcal CU∈C and

f(U‾)≤f(T)for all T∈C.f(\overline U) \le f(T) \qquad \text{for all } T \in \mathcal C.f(U)≤f(T)for all T∈C.

Both conjuncts are needed: the second alone follows almost from the definitions, while the first is what makes an all-subsets algorithm applicable to g−cg - cg−c in the first place.

Milestones

  1. C\mathcal CC is the collection of all lower ideals of some partial order on VVV (p. 353).
  2. LvL_vLv​ is the largest set in C\mathcal CC not containing vvv, equal to the union of the MuM_uMu​ not containing vvv, and Lv∪{v}∈CL_v \cup \{v\} \in \mathcal CLv​∪{v}∈C (p. 353, (23)).
  3. The one-element step (25): f(X)≤f(Y)+c(v)f(X) \le f(Y) + c(v)f(X)≤f(Y)+c(v) for X,Y∈CX, Y \in \mathcal CX,Y∈C, Y=X∪{v}Y = X \cup \{v\}Y=X∪{v}, v∉Xv \notin Xv∈/X.
  4. Monotonicity (24): f(Y)+c(Y)≥f(X)+c(X)f(Y) + c(Y) \ge f(X) + c(X)f(Y)+c(Y)≥f(X)+c(X) for X⊆YX \subseteq YX⊆Y in C\mathcal CC.
  5. The closure identities X‾∪Y‾=X∪Y‾\overline X \cup \overline Y = \overline{X \cup Y}X∪Y=X∪Y and X‾∩Y‾⊇X∩Y‾\overline X \cap \overline Y \supseteq \overline{X \cap Y}X∩Y⊇X∩Y.
  6. Display (27): ggg is submodular.
  7. Transfer of minimizers: if UUU minimizes g−cg - cg−c over 2V2^V2V, then U‾\overline UU minimizes fff over C\mathcal CC.

Significance

The reduction means that a single algorithm for unconstrained submodular minimization serves for every ring family, given only the sets MvM_vMv​. This is how ring-family constrained problems (for example minimum-cost closures and precedence-constrained scheduling objectives) are routinely handed to general submodular-minimization codes, and it is the standard justification for stating submodular minimization algorithms over 2V2^V2V only.

On the formal side, the mission produces a small reusable layer on ring families of finite sets (closure operator, the lower-ideal representation, the largest set avoiding an element) together with the monotonization trick (24), which is of independent use whenever a function on a lattice of sets has to be made monotone by a modular correction. The result is classical and its proof in the paper is complete; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. Companion mission I of this series formalizes the algorithm of §§2–5 itself; this mission does not depend on it, since the algorithm enters only as the hypothesis that a minimizer UUU of g−cg - cg−c is given.

Difficulty

Every step is elementary, but two points are easy to get wrong. First, (24) is proved on the page by assuming Y=X∪{v}Y = X \cup \{v\}Y=X∪{v}; reducing the general case X⊆YX \subseteq YX⊆Y to such one-element steps inside C\mathcal CC requires the normalization Mu≠MvM_u \ne M_vMu​=Mv​: without it a ring family can jump by more than one element (for C={∅,V}\mathcal C = \{\emptyset, V\}C={∅,V} with ∣V∣=2|V| = 2∣V∣=2 the inequality (24) fails for suitable fff). Second, the weights c(v)c(v)c(v) evaluate fff at Lv∪{v}L_v \cup \{v\}Lv​∪{v}, which belongs to C\mathcal CC only because of the same normalization; a formalization that drops it lets values of fff outside C\mathcal CC leak into ccc and ggg. The submodularity proof (27) also needs the asymmetric closure facts — equality for unions but only containment for intersections — which is exactly why the monotonicity (24) is required.

Formalization scope

  • VVV is a finite type with decidable equality; subsets are Finset V; C\mathcal CC is a Set (Finset V).
  • fff is a real function on all of Finset V; only its values on C\mathcal CC matter, and under the hypotheses no other value enters ccc, ggg or the conclusions. The paper allows any ordered field; the formalization uses R\mathbb RR.
  • The normalization of p. 353 is assumed as hypotheses: ∅ ∈ C, Finset.univ ∈ C, and M C u ≠ M C v for u ≠ v. No hypothesis f(∅)=0f(\emptyset) = 0f(∅)=0 is made; §6 does not use it.
  • The closure is the intersection (Finset.inf) of the sets of C\mathcal CC containing XXX, and LvL_vLv​ the union (Finset.sup) of the sets of C\mathcal CC avoiding vvv; their default values on an empty family are never reached under the hypotheses.
  • c(X)c(X)c(X) is the modular extension ∑v∈Xc(v)\sum_{v \in X} c(v)∑v∈X​c(v); the max⁡{0,⋅}\max\{0, \cdot\}max{0,⋅} in (23) is kept, so c≥0c \ge 0c≥0.
  • Submodularity of ggg on all subsets is the published platform definition NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.Submodular.
  • Not formalized: the running-time claims of §6 ("we can find ccc by 2∣V∣2|V|2∣V∣ oracle calls", strongly polynomial time) and the oracle model; there is no machine model.
  • The goal does not assume (24) or (27), and it is not the minimizer-transfer statement alone, which would be near-definitional.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in the order listed, general lemmas on closure operators of ring families of Finsets, and the lower-ideal representation, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Schrijver, A combinatorial algorithm minimizing submodular functions in strongly polynomial time, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 80 (2000), 346–355. https://doi.org/10.1006/jctb.2000.1989
  • S. Iwata, L. Fleischer, S. Fujishige, A combinatorial strongly polynomial algorithm for minimizing submodular functions, J. ACM 48 (2001), 761–777. https://doi.org/10.1145/502090.502096
  • M. Grötschel, L. Lovász, A. Schrijver, The ellipsoid method and its consequences in combinatorial optimization, Combinatorica 1 (1981), 169–197. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579273
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 30 of 68Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me